Home

Preface - Sion electronics

1. Two line LED potentiometer panel 050M007033601 0 rr n u a n 11 3 2 Button function Button function and operation mode of LCD panel refer to Chapter 5 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual DPNL350EN Optional Components 213 11 4 Tension control expansion card 11 4 1 Basic product information Standard Type Model APV F301 is applicable to V350 4T0040 and above models Standard Il Type Model APV B300 is applicable to V350 4T0030 2S0022 and above models 11 4 2 Product introduction Tension control expansion card is a expansion card that is compatible with V series inverters and is applicable to wire drawing machine industry and products related to winding unwinding control The expansion card can calculate the high stable tension control parameters to meet the application requirement in the field on the basis of rolling diameter As for winding and unwinding operations of wire drawing machine the tension control on PID adjustment in speed mode can be achieved by means of external speed setting and real time signals of tension oscillating bar for winding and unwinding to
2. Function r u Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description one Code 2 R Default Unit Limit Al3 wire breakage detection lower F4 3 46 threshold value the 10 00 10 00V 0 25 0 01 value before correction Al3 wire breakage F4 3 47 detection delay action 0 01 50 00Sec 2 00 0 01 time 0 No action for non stop alarm 1 Forcedly set to the minimum Action selection after 2 Forcedly set to the maximum F4 3 48 i 0 1 x Al3 wire break 3 Forcedly set to the defaults value F4 3 49 4 Inverter forced trip stop Default input value F4 3 49 10 00 10 00V 0 0 0 01 after AI3 wire breakage 6 20 Virtual analog input Function Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description h a Code g g P Default Unit Limit 0 void 0 value F44 50 Virtual analog TSADCEDAR 0 1 A A x input SAM 2 SAI CF1 AI2 3 SAI CF1 AI3 4 SAI CF1 AO1 5 SAI CF1 AO2 6 SAI CF1 AI1 SAI CF2 AI2 SAI CST 7 SAI CF1 AI1 SAI CF2 AIS SAI CST 8 SAI CF1 AO1 SAI CF2 AO2 SAI CST s 9 SAI_CF1 Al1 SAI_CF2 AO1 SAI_CST Virtual analog F4 4 51 10 SAI CF1 AI2 SAI CF2 AO2 SAI CST 0 1 x input SAI2 i ad 11 SAI CF1 AI1 SAI CF2 AO1 12 SAI CF1 AI3 SAI CF2 AO2 13 SAI CF1 AI1 AI2 SAI CST 14 SAI2 CF2 AIZ AI3 SAI CST 15 SAI CF1 AI1 AIS SAI CST Virtual input 0 01 500 00 combination F4 4 52 S 1 00 0 01 x coefficient 1 SAI CF1 Virtual input 0 01 500 00 combination F4 4 53 ER 1 00 0 01 x
3. Register Name Access address Remarks Control word 0x1300 Can be read as per the loops 1 16 Set value 1 0x1301 Setting of relative values Set value 2 0x1302 Setting of absolute values Mapping application parameter 1 0x1303 The access parameter is set by FA 1 08 Mapping application parameter 2 0x1304 The access parameter is set by FA 1 09 Mapping application parameter 3 0x1305 The access parameter is set by FA 1 10 Mapping application parameter 4 0x1306 The access parameter is set by FA 1 11 Mapping application parameter 5 0x1307 The access parameter is set by FA 1 12 Mapping application parameter 6 0x1308 The access parameter is set by FA 1 13 Status word 0x1309 Can be read as per the discrete quantity 1 16 Mapping status parameter 1 0x130A The access parameter is set by FA 1 14 Mapping status parameter 2 0x130B The access parameter is set by FA 1 15 Mapping status parameter 3 0x130C The access parameter is set by FA 1 16 Mapping status parameter 4 0x130D The access parameter is set by FA 1 17 Mapping status parameter 5 0x130E The access parameter is set by FA 1 18 Mapping status parameter 6 0x130F The access parameter is set by FA 1 19 Mapping status parameter 7 0x1310 The access parameter is set by FA 1 20 Mapping status parameter 8 0x1311 The access parameter is set by FA 1 21 Mapping status parameter 9 0x1312 The access parameter is set by FA 1 22 Mapping status parameter 10 0x1313 The access
4. sse 212 11 9 2 B ttomf ncto nerd Si aye ds cel Ud cM CM aia anes 212 Tension control expansion card sse 213 11 4 1 Basic product information sesssssesssseseeeeeenene 213 11 4 2 ProductintrodUctioDr ceci tec ete oH enean 213 T143 PrOduehTUNCtiON 5225 ioa not ten eer n et 213 Aid echnicalidata ie ene se t oes 213 Expansion card of all in one veneer peeling lathe esses 214 11 5 1 Basic product information e eren 214 11 5 2 Product INMOGUCHION sooo reete eite neca 214 11 5 3 Product f nctilon eter tet i ets 214 11 5 4 Technical data eae t oe ia c be es 214 AG DG TEAC e EE e oce CEA DIM DAL CEN CINE SML Dd 215 JBRETMEIB IS ASTE Le oT HERR HM PE 215 11 6 2 AG Inp t reactor oscar cec putre ide lg ARR EE AERA Ed Rd da 216 11 6 3 JAC outp tbreactor lose eR PR pis 217 Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 1 Chapter 1 Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 1 1 Product confirmation Check the outer packing carefully to see if there is any damage after the arrival of the goods if there is a label on the outer packing please confirm the model and specification of it to see if they are in accordance with your order If any damage or discrepancy is found please contact the supplier promptly for solution 1 1 1 Precautions of unpacking inspection Confirm the frequency inverter body an
5. 33 Process PID sleep activation When the sleep function is activated by multifunctional input terminals set F7 2 34 as 2 the functional terminal can activate process PID sleep function 34 Torque speed control mode switching The functional terminal is applied to switch closed loop control mode of frequency inverter between torque control and speed control See the closed loop control mode of frequency inverter as following table Table 7 10 contrast table of closed loop control mode of frequency inverter Terminal status Closed loop control mode of frequency inverter ON Speed control mode OFF Torque control mode 35 Select minimum torque limit setting value This function is applied to switch minimum torque limit setting value of frequency inverter negative torque limit between minimum torque limit 1 and minimum torque limit 2 See Switching status as following table Table 7 11 Minimum torque limiting selection contrast table of frequency inverter Terminal status Minimum torque limit set value of frequency inverter ON Minimum torque limit 2 OFF Minimum torque limit 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 133 36 Selection of maximum torque limit setting value This function is applied to switch maximum torque limit setting value of frequency inverter between maximum torque limit 1 and maximum torque limit 2 See switching stat
6. esesescsceseeeneeeeneennetentnennennnn 50 6 13 Multifunctional output terminal multifunctional output terminal 51 6 14 PulsetpUt us otto ni hr ce ue tet oed eo oda e oro viole abdul deat t 52 6 15 Pulse OUtpUt uie etna tereti oit ee te b e eter e ee 52 6 16 Analog Input screen etae ce paa e lette e e a ED teeth ARS 53 6 17 Analog input curve correction sssssssssssseseeeeeeeeneeneenenennennennrnnei 53 6 18 Analog OUtpUE 55 sce teo ce ets No Mene nen 54 6 19 6 20 6 21 6 22 6 23 6 24 6 25 6 26 6 27 6 28 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 35 6 36 6 37 6 38 6 39 6 40 6 41 6 42 6 43 6 44 6 45 6 46 6 47 6 48 6 49 6 50 6 51 6 52 Analog input wire breakage detection sss 55 Miriual analog Input e rre c ette Deren petere irn rn 56 Hopping frequency 22 oie os a ee I efc oe ieee 57 Builtzin auxiliary tirTigr tete tt teet e eet ete 57 B iltinzauxiliary COUhlel ci ertet ergeben de e rapa ARR is 59 Auxiliary TUNCTIONS rinsing A ee invites nione et Here et Mcd 60 Multi stage frequency setting enne 62 Simple programmable multi stage operation sese 63 Swing frequency operation csesesssseseseeeeeeeneennetnntnntnn tnnt tnnt 65 Process PID 4ms control cycle eesssssssssssseeeeeeeaennetnetnttnnn taa 66 Process PID multi stage setting tenes 69
7. the revolution tracking restart mode revolution tracking restart is no i 6 Check whether the encoder is activated reverse 6 In closed loop vector mode the encoder is reversed 1 V F curve is set improperly 1 Adjust V F curve 2 The grid voltage is too low 2 Check the input grid voltage 3 The motor has run for a long 3 Select special frequency variable time with low speed and large for long term low speed operation load 4 Increase the overload protection Overload 4 The overload protection coefficient of the motor F2 0 25 Fu 013 protection action P s imet coefficient of the motor is too 5 Adjust the working conditions of the of motor small load or select frequency inverter with 5 Locked rotor operation of motor matched capacity level or overlarge load 6 Adjust the connection of encoder or 6 In closed loop vector mode the change the function setting for encoder is reversed direction of the encoder 1 The air duct is blocked 1 Clean the air duct or improve 2 The ambient temperature is ventilation conditions Overheating of A MAN i over high 2 Improve ventilation conditions frequency Fu 014 y i 3 The fan is abnormal and reduce carrier frequency inverter 4 The temperature detecting 3 Replace the fan circuit or power module is 4 Seek for the manufacturer s abnormal support SUIMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Warning Alarm Diagnosis
8. F8 0 04 0 speed feedback channel F8 0 05 1000 pulse of encoder per revolution F8 0 06 If F R periodic vibration is occurred in starting this parameter shall be set as 1 or exchange the wiring of A B pulse other operations are the same as that of SVC operation If the motor is completely empty load slight oscillation may occur sometimes in the operation under high carrier frequency At this time please reduce the setting value of the carrier frequency Parameter F1 1 13 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 36 Functional Parameter Table Chapter 6 Functional Parameter Table Note x indicates that the set value of the parameter cannot be changed when the inverter is running xx indicates the parameter is relevant with the model of the inverter R indicates the parameter is just for reading and cannot be changed R I indicates the parameter is just for reading and cannot be changed but can be cleared by initialization indicates the parameter is relevant with the type or status of connected accessories Variables H hexadecimal number only bitwise data change is permitted carry bit is not allowed and the upper and lower limit for bitwise change SUNMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 6 1 System management parameter Functional Parameter Table 37 Function Code Name Setting Range and Descripti
9. 10V ammeter 0 20mA 0 10V frequency 0 4 AOZ S Volt gauge 0 10V ammeter 0 20mA 0 20mA frequency 1 4 Al2 GND GND edd Loe Open collector 7L I output J DOt LJ b 12V pa Te amp GD Ed o A E PG expansion AA card optional O B o B o Z Q Z Lo E Figure 4 2 Basic Wiring Diagram of V350 Series Inverters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 26 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 5 1 5 1 1 Chapter 5 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter Basic function of the panel The panel of the frequency inverter mainly has two functions apart of basic starting and stopping control monitoring of parameters for operating status and query and modification of internal parameters Accordingly the operation panel is divided into two operating modes monitoring mode and parameter modification query mode At the beginning of energizing the main display column presets sunfr static display characters and shifts out sunfr characters from right to left and recovers normal display about 3 seconds later At the same time the auxiliary display column displays the serial number of the frequency inverter statically such as V 350 and displays the model information of the frequency inverter except T S 3 seconds later such as 4 0037 and displays normally 3 seconds later At this time the operating parameters
10. F6 0 03 4 operating F0 1 22 F0 1 21 20 00 0 01 frequency th F6 0 04 operating F0 1 22 F0 1 21 25 00 0 01 frequency e F6 0 05 oporanng F0 1 22 F0 1 21 30 00 0 01 frequency th F6 006 operating F0 1 22 FO 1 21 35 00 0 01 frequency th 1 F6 0 07 9 operating F0 1 22 F0 1 21 40 00 0 01 frequency th F6 0 08 9 operating F0 1 22 FO 1 21 45 00 0 01 frequency 10 ti F6 0 09 RSI F0 1 22 F0 1 21 50 00 0 01 frequency 41 ti F6 0 10 ped F0 1 22 F0 1 21 25 00 0 01 frequency 12 ti F6 0 11 9peraung F0 1 22 F0 1 21 5 00 0 01 frequency 13 ti F6 0 12 operaning F0 1 22 F0 1 21 15 00 0 01 frequency th F6 0 13 14 operating F0 1 22 F0 1 21 35 00 0 01 frequency 15 ti F6 0 14 Cpereu d F0 1 22 F0 1 21 50 00 0 01 frequency SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 63 6 26 Simple programmable multi stage operation Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F6 1 15 Selection of programmable multi stage speed operation mode H The unit Function selection 0 Function closed 1 Multi stage frequency revolution operation effective 2 Multi stage frequency revolution operation condition effective Function No 23 3 Multi stage PID setting operation effective 4 Multi stage PID setting operation condition effective Function No 23 Tens
11. Virtual IO terminal 8 circuit one to one virtual output and input terminals allowing for complicated engineering onsite application in an easy way without external wiring Communication linkage synchronization Easily allows for synchronized drive of multiple motors and free selection of linkage balance of multiple motors based on current torque and power Load dynamic balance Also allows for dynamic balance of multi motor load not limited to communication linkage and able to achieve torque motor characteristics Strong starting torque For load featuring high inertia and high static friction super strong starting torque for certain period can be set Setting priority Users can freely select the priority of various frequency revolution setting channels suitable for combined application for various occasions Setting combinations Up to hundreds of setting combinations of frequency revolution and torque 3 built in timers 5 kinds of clock 5 kinds of trigger Timer modes multiple door access signals and working modes and 7 kinds of output signals 2 built in counters clock margin selection 4 kinds of Counter trigger modes and 7 kinds of output signal Macro parameter Application macro Allowing for conveniently setting and partially curing multiple common group parameters and simplifying parameter setting for common applications System macro Allowing for convenientl
12. FF 4 42 Operating panel control options The unit Panel REV JOG key function selection 0 REV REV running key 1 JOG FWD jog key Tens Reserved Hundreds Reserved Kilobit Panel control selection except STOP key 0 Standard panel interface control can be connected to monitoring panel via RS485 1 RS485 port external panel control standard panel only for monitoring 2 Multifunctional terminal switching Function No 40 0000 FF 4 43 Special function configuration H The unit Motor parameter identification auto start 0 Forbidden 1 Permitted Tens Voltage vector composition mode 0 Three phase composition 1 Two phase composition Hundreds Voltage small pulse shielding 0 Void 1 Effective Kilobit Reserved 0101 0011 FF 4 44 Asynchrono us motor parameter adaptive correction The unit Stator resistance 0 Forbidden 1 Permitted Tens Total leakage inductance 0 Forbidden 1 Permitted Hundreds Rotor time constant 0 Void 1 Effective LED Kilobit Torque increasing function 0 Void 1 Effective gradually increasing 1011 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 83 Tens Reserved Hundreds Reserved Kilobit Reserved jest Name Setting Range and Description Farid pon pisa Random
13. Factory default 1 00 If the local inverter has not received correct data signal beyond the time interval defined by this parameter then the communication is judged to be failed for the local inverter The inverter will report Fu 071 fault and will act as set by FA 0 05 7 35 Mapping parameter access Group FA 1 FA 1 08 FA 1 13 Mapping application Setting range F0 00 FF 55 parameter 1 6 H Factory default F0 29 F0 32 FA 1 14 FA 1 23 Mapping status Setting range d0 00 d1 49 parameter 1 10 H Factory default d0 00 d0 09 When A350 series inverter makes access to functional parameters or monitoring parameters via the buss corresponding address can be predicted directly with the functional code refer to Chapter 10 Description of Communication Protocols However when it is needed to access multiple functional parameters or monitoring parameters with discontinuous address multiple frame data are needed in this method The mapping parameter access is actually a needle access mode When accessing reading or writing several functional parameters or status parameters with discontinuous address these parameters can be mapped into an area with continuous address bus control parameter area for accessing See the following table for the bus control parameters of V350 series inverters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 174 Function Details
14. d1 49 d0 09 1 x SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 76 Functional Parameter Table 6 37 Communication linkage synchronous control Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit Linkage synchronous FA 2 25 control options H The unit Selection of linkage function 0 Void 1 The device is the salve device 2 The device is the master device Tens Linkage target value 0 Proportional linkage of frequency revolution set value 1 Proportional linkage of frequency revolution integrator output value Hundreds linkage command slave device parameter 0 Independent control of slave device start and stop not linked 1 Start and stop command linked 2 Start stop jog linked 3 Start stop jog excitation linked 4 Start stop jog excitation DC bind type brake DC braking linked Kilobit Linkage setting selection 0 The unit option of the parameter is effective 1 External terminal switching Function No 39 0310 Correction coefficient of communication setting for this device FA 2 26 0 010 10 000 1 000 0 001 Fine adjustment Source for linkage FA2 27 proportion coefficient 0 No fine adjustment 1 Analog input AI1 2 Analog input AI2 3 Analog input AI3 Slave device offset FA 2 28 frequency Revolution 0 No offset 1 Determined by frequency settin
15. e Reactor noise is less than 65dB test at the point of 1m horizontal distance with reactor Dimensions E Reactor Mogel Length X Width X Height mm AKSG 10A 9V 140 75 145 140 75 145 140 75 145 140 75 145 140 75 145 o Terminal Bore Diameter Please referto the company products catalogue for more expansion card options SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual
16. effective void 2 Aforesaid two conditions are both effective Tens Starting mode 0 Start immediately after power on no trigger start 1 Multifunctional terminal trigger Function No 46 47 2 Stop gt Run status change triggering edge triggering 3 Run gt Stop Status change triggering edge triggering 4 Running status gated triggering 5 Stop status gated triggering Hundreds Counter resetting source 0 Multifunctional terminal Function No 48 49 1 Set value 1 reaches auto resetting 2 Set value 2 reaches auto resetting 0000 1 0000 F5 2 22 Set value 1 of counter 1 0 65535 1000 F5 2 23 Set value 2 of counter 1 0 65535 2000 F5 2 24 Set value 1 of counter 2 0 65535 1000 F5 2 25 Set value 2 of counter 2 0 65535 2000 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 60 Functional Parameter Table Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit Counter 1 output F5 2 26 signal H Counter 2 output F5 2 27 signal H The unit output signal 0 Reach set value 1 0 5Sec pulse 1 Reach set value 1 level 2 Set value 1 reached and reversed 3 Reach set value 2 0 5Sec pulse 4 Reach set value 2 level 5 Set value 1reached and reversed 6 Set value 1 or set value 2 reached and reversed
17. password setting will be given up The sketch of locking operation is as below T 2 3 4 The ten s digit is flashing A o a on main display LED ODE Main display o gt Main display _ F0 0 00 gt Main display _ F0 0 05 gt Main display 0000 gt Main display 0000 Auxiliary display 0 0 Auxiliary display 0000 Auxiliary display 0000 Auxiliary display 0 0 Auxiliary display 0 0 A 5 9 8 7 Li Y OK Main display 12345 A Main display 0 amp 0x Main display F0 0 06 q A Main display F0 0 05 q Main display 000 Auxiliary display 0 Auxiliary display 0 0 Auxiliary display O Auxiliary display 0010 Auxillary display 0 0 amp The locking password is v effective and is 12345 Main display 0 0 06 N Keys are pressed within 30s ye _Maindisplay_ Fo 0 08 Auxiliary display 12345 Auxiliary display 0 Enter preset password and then press OK and then the parameter locking status will be relieved The sketch of unlocking operation is as below 1 2 3 4 5 ae A OK A ox Main display 0 gt Main display F0 0 00 Main display F0 0 06 Main display 0 pe _Maindisplay 12345 p Main display F0 0 06 gt Auxiliary display 0000 Auxiliary display 0 Auxiliary display 0 0 Auxiliary display 0 Auxiliary display 0 A
18. special frequency converter shall be selected or lighten the motor load 2 If when the equipment is installed with frequency converter drive sometimes there can be resonance due to the natural vibration frequency of mechanical system please consider about applying flexible coupling and insulation rubber or applying the function of hopping frequency of the frequency converter to avoid the resonance point for operation 3 There can be larger noise when driving general motor applied with frequency converter than that of industrial frequency power In order to reduce the noise the carrier frequency can be increased properly 1 3 2 Application knowledge of driving special motor 1 For high speed motor if the set frequency of frequency converter is above 120Hz please conduct combination test with motor to make sure it can be operated safely 2 For synchronous motor there must be correspondences according to the types of motor Please contract the manufacturer for consultation 3 Operation of single phase motor is not applied with frequency converter Even when input with single phase there is three phase output please apply with three phase motor 1 3 3 Ambient environment Application shall be applied in the indoor range with environment temperature of 10 to 45 C humidity around 5 95 without condensation of moisture no dust no direct sunlight no corrosive gas no combustible gas no oil mist no steam no water or floa
19. 0 500V Factory default 0 0 F1 2 21 Frequency point 2 of motor V F curve Setting range 0 0 F0 1 21 Factory default 0 0 F1 2 22 Voltage point 2 of Motor V F curve Setting range 0 500V Factory default 0 0 F1 2 23 Frequency point 3 of motor V F curve Setting range 0 0 F0 1 21 Factory default 0 0 F1 2 24 Voltage point 3 of Motor V F curve Setting range 0 500V Factory default 0 0 This group of parameters is used to flexibly set V F curve desired by users as shown in Figure 7 24 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 121 Voltage A F 1 2 16 E MMMMMMMMMM F 1 2 24 F 1 2 22 1 e F t 2 20 F t 219 F 1 2 21 F 1 2 23 F 1 2 15 Frequency Hz Figure 7 24 V F Customized Curve F1 2 25 Motor slip frequency compensation Setting range 0 150 Factory default 0 The actual revolution difference of the motor may vary with the change of the load Through setting of this parameter the inverter will automatically adjust the inverter s output frequency according to the load so as to offset the influence of the load to the motor revolution This parameter is only effective to V F control mode Acceleration Output current Frequency time adjustment Slip compensation is 100 f H 150 x i H Time Current i 100 After slip bod compensation i i compensation F1 4 39 50 Motor revolution i gt Time Fi
20. Execute field diagnosis for the bus fault Support the sub codes like querying 0x00 Fault diagnosis EAE rebooting 0x01 monitoring 0x04 and zero clearing 0x0A etc Perform writing action for multiple output bits Enforce multiple coils respectively Each bit for the control word is mapped to coil 1 16 respectively Perform writing action for multiple hold Write to multiple hold registers All the parameters control words registers status words and set values of A510 are also mapped to the hold register Read write to i Pe This function equals to combining 0x03 and multiple hold 0x10 into a new command registers 10 6 Access address summary Functional Codes Supported Access Address d Hexadecimal Control bit 0x01 Read coil status Multifunctional terminal output 0x1000 0x1100 0x05 Enforce single coil Relay output OxOF Enforce multiple coils Multifunctional terminal input for Discrete input status bit 0x1100 0x1200 0x02 Read input status Input register Analog input 0x04 Read input register 0x1200 0x1300 Application parameters Hold registers Status parameters n 0x03 Read multiple registers application Control words 0x06 Write to a single register parameter area g Status words 0x10 Write to multiple registers status parameter f Set values 0x17 Read write to multiple area Mapping status parameters registers nn 0x1300 0x1400 Mapping appli
21. F8 1 26 default parameters moderately SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 168 Function Details F8 0 11 Missing detection and action of Setting range 0 01 5 00Sec Factory default 2 00 speed detection signal F8 0 12 Wire breakage zero speed signal Setting range 0 20 0 Factory default 0 0 level relative to maximum set speed When set revolution is bigger than the wire breakage zero speed signal level its set value is relative to the percentage of the largest set speed F8 0 02 while feedback speed is smaller than wire breakage zero speed signal level and revolution of frequency inverter checks wire breakage protective function after keeping the set time of F8 0 11 F8 0 13 Speed measuring loop wire breakage detection flexibility relative to Setting range 0 1 100 0 Factory default 5 0 maximum set speed If speed measuring loop interference is great it can enlarge F8 0 13 to prevent wrong judgments from interference otherwise decrease the set value to strengthen the response speed of the system to wire breakage check F8 0 14 Detection revolution filtering time Setting range 0 1 50mS Factory default OmS coefficient Filtering time coefficient of set revolution feedback in this parameter is available to all of the speed measuring modes channels When use encoder for speed measuring the function is similar to check cycle parameter F8 0 09 therefore there is a ne
22. FF 4 45 reference 0 65535 1 R value FF 5 46 Reserved FF 5 55 6 46 Historical fault recording Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit dE 0 00 Last time fault recording RII dE 0 01 Historical fault 1 RII dE 0 02 Historical fault 2 RII dE 0 03 Historical fault 3 RII dE 0 04 Historical fault 4 RII dE 0 05 Historical fault 5 RII dE 0 06 Historical fault 6 RII dE 0 07 Historical fault 7 RII 6 47 Operation status at the last fault Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Operating frequency dE 0 08 rotor synchronous 3000 0 300 00Hz 0 0 01 RII frequency dE 0 09 Output current 0 0 3000 0A 0 1 Ril dE 0 10 Output voltage 0 1000V 1 RII Detection motor dE 0 11 aii pini 0 30000rpm 0 1 RI equipped dE 0 12 Voltage at the DC side 0 1000V 1 RII dE 0 13 Output torque 300 0 300 0 0 1 RII dE 0 14 Target frequency 0 0 300 00Hz 0 01 RII dE 0 15 Equipment maximum 0 0 150 0 0 0 1 C RI temperature The unit 0 Stop command dE 0 16 Command status Te RunNNg command 0000 1 RI SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 84 Functional Parameter Table Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit The unit Operation mode
23. Operation mode 0 Single cycle 1 Single cycle stop mode 2 Continuous cycle 3 Continuous cycle stop mode 4 Keeping the final value 5 Keeping the final value stop mode Hundreds Selection of breakpoint stop recovery mode 0 Restore running at the first stage 1 Start running at the interruption time effective for multi stage frequency revolution operation 2 Start running at the stage of interruption Kilobit Power off status storage 0 Not stored 1 Stored 0000 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 64 Functional Parameter Table pn Name Setting Range and Description Buckie erty said F6 1 16 Stage 1 setting H The unit Operating frequency 0000 1 Source setting source at each stage 0 multi stage frequency setting F6 1 17 Stage 2 setting H 1 15 Process PID multi stage setting 0000 4 1 7 1 Frequency command F0 1 16 Process PID setting F6 1 18 Stage 3 setting H F7 0 01 0000 1 pei Sede setting H Tens Setting direction of each om 1 F6 1 20 Stage 5 setting H stage 0000 1 F6 1 21 Stage 6 setting H 0 FWD 0000 1 F6 1 22 Stage 7 setting H 1 REV 0000 1 F6 1 23 Stage 8 setting H 2 Determined by the running 0000 1 F6 1 24 Stage 9 setting H command channel 0000 1 F6 1 25 Stage 10 setting H Hundred
24. RS232 optional which has to be converted by a level as the physical interface for Modbus and one host can control one or more maximum 247 units frequency inverters By applying the asynchronous serial half duplex transmission method only master unit or slave unit can transmit data at one particular moment and the other unit can only receive data 1 4 Optional Data Transmission Formats 1 start bit 8 data bits 1 stop bit without parity bit factory setting 21 start bit 8 data bits 1 stop bit even parity 1 start bit 8 data bits 1 stop bit odd parity 21 start bit 8 data bits 2 stop bit without parity bit 2 Baud rate Seven optional baud rates 1200bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps 38400bps 79600 bps 3 Communication rules Starting interval between data frames is longer than 3 5 byte transmission cycle standard S3UT Lr V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 198 Decription Of Communication Protocal but the minimum interval should not be shorter than 0 5 ms 10 4 Parameter configuration for frequency inverters FA 0 00 is a read only parameter and is used to display the status of the communication card connection and bus FA 0 01 00XX unit bit is used to choose baud rate and tens bit is used to choose data format FA 0 02 X choose the address of this station FA 0 03 FA 0 06 configure supporting communication parameters refer to functional parame er table for det
25. Therefore it is needed to start pre excitation for the asynchronous motor See Figure 7 15 for the pre excitation process The set value of start pre excitation current is the percentage with respect to the inverter rated output current The start pre excitation time means the duration in which the inverter inputs start pre excitation current for the inverter When the rated current of the adapter motor differs greatly from the rated current of the inverter please carefully set the pre excitation current F0 4 41 as excessive setting may damage the motor SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 114 Function Details F0 4 43 Start delay Setting range 0 00 10 00Sec Factory default 0 0 Start delay means the waiting time before the inverter starts after receiving the running command F0 4 44 DC band type brake control H Setting range 0000 0001 Factory default 0000 The unit DC band type brake control The DC band type brake means to lead DC current into the motor rotor so as to generate braking torque The DC band type braking function cannot be used when synchronous motor is driven When both the set value and the actual speed of the motor has decreased below F0 4 45 the inverter will stop generating sine current but will inject direct current to the motor and the current value is to be set by the parameter F0 4 47 When the given speed or the motor speed has surpassed the par
26. analog output AO1 subjecting to variable compari 0 1 F5 4 44 exceeding function son table Mapping variable of 0 45 monitor F4 2 23 multifunctional analog output variable compare 2 1 AO2 standard expansion card son table F4 2 24 AO1 minimum 0 00 10 00V 0 0 0 01 F4 2 25 AO1 maximum 0 00 10 00V 10 00 0 01 F4 2 26 AO1 lower limiting value 0 0 F 4 2 27 0 0 0 1 F4 2 27 AO1 upper limiting value i UR 100 0 0 1 o F4 2 28 AO1 filtering time coefficient 0 01 10 00Sec 0 10 0 01 AO1 fixed output value at the time 0 0 20 00mA F4 2 29 0 0 0 01 of fixed output value 0 0 10 00V F4 2 30 AO2 minimum value standard 0 00 10 00V 00 0 01 expansion card F4 2 31 AOZ maximum value standard ape io n 10 00 0 01 expansion card AO21 limiti lue F4 2 32 iba Ma 0 0 F4 2 33 0 0 0 1 standard expansion card F4 2 33 AO2 upper limiting value F4 2 32 100 0 100 0 04 standard expansion card 96 pude c filtering ameet leni 0 01 10 00Sec 0 10 0 01 standard expansion card AO 2 fixed output value at the time 0 0 20 00mA F4 2 35 of fixed output value standard eens 0 0 0 01 expansion card SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 55 6 19 Analog input wire breakage detection Function S Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description c ie Code E E 2 Default Unit Limit The unit Al1 wire breakage detection 0 V
27. coefficient 2 SAI_CF2 Virtual input 4080 4080 combination F4 4 54 0 1 x constant SAI CST Ssuntre V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 6 21 Hopping frequency Functional Parameter Table 57 Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F5 0 00 Hopping frequency1 0 0 F0 1 21 0 0 0 01 F5 0 01 Range of hopping frequency 1 0 0 10 00Hz 0 0 0 01 F5 0 02 Hopping frequency 2 0 0 F0 1 21 0 0 0 01 F5 0 03 Range of hopping frequency 2 0 0 10 00Hz 0 0 0 01 F5 0 04 Hopping frequency3 0 0 F0 1 21 0 0 0 01 F5 0 05 Range of hopping frequency 3 0 0 10 00Hz 0 0 0 01 6 22 Built in auxiliary timer Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F5 1 06 Timer 1 UT1 operating mode H F5 1 07 Timer 2 UT2 operating mode H F5 1 08 Timer 3 UT3 operating mode H The unit Clock selection 0 1ms 1 1Sec 2 1min 3 Timer 1 cycle reaching pulse effective for UT2 UT3 4 Timer 2 cycle reach pulse only effective for UT3 Tens Start and stop 0 Multifunctional terminal triggering start Edge triggering function No 52 54 1 Stop gt Run status change triggering edge triggering 2 Run gt Stop status change triggering edge trigg
28. digit Start time 0 Start immediately after power on The fan will run according to the settings in the unit and ten s digit of this parameter immediately after SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 181 the inverter is powered on 1 Start during running The fan will run according to the settings in the unit and ten s digit of this parameter after the inverter is powered on and has received the running command FF 4 42 Operating panel control options Setting range 0000 2001 Factory default 0000 Kilobit Panel control selection except STOP key 0 Standard panel interface control can be connected to monitoring panel via RS485 The control command can only be given through the standard operating panel and external monitoring panel can be connected via RS485 1 RS485 port external panel control the standard panel only for monitoring The control command can only be given via RS485 port and the standard panel is only used for monitoring 2 Multifunctional terminal switching The master control panel is selected by the multifunctional input terminal function no 40 and the terminal function is set with the parameters F3 0 00 F3 0 08 FF 4 43 Special function configuration H Setting range 0000 1111 Factory default 0101 The unit Motor parameter identification auto start 0 Forbidden 1 Permitted After modifying the motor nameplate parameters the inverter will auto
29. for motor F int 1 of F1 2 19 feduency pont 3 0 0 F0 1 21 0 0 0 01 x motor V F curve F1220 Voltage point 1 of Motor 0 500V 00 04 VIF curve Frequency point 2 of F1 2 21 motor 4 V E curve 0 0 FO 1 21 0 0 0 01 x F1222 Voltage point 2 of Motor 0 500V 00 01 V F curve SUIAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 47 Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F int 3 of Fioo3 d en pone 0 0 F0 1 21 0 0 0 01 motor V F curve F1224 Voltage point 3 of Motor 0 500V 00 04 VIF curve Motor slip fi F1 225 9 0T SP Tequency 0 150 0 1 compensation F1 2 26 x ics Reserve F1 3 38 6 9 Steady running Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F14 39 Acceleration deceleration 120 180 96 450 1 current limiting level Sti tart t PAM OM Start curren 120 200 150 1 limiting level pagai Strong start current 0 00 5 00Sec 0 0 0 01 holding time The unit Overvoltage suppression adjustor 0 Closed 1 Effective Frequency increasing suppression Tens Undervoltage F suppression adjustor F1 4 42 FUnotion selection for o Closed 1 Effective 0111 1 adjustors frequency decreasing suppression Hundreds Frequency decreasing and current limiting adjustor 0 Closed 1 Effective Kilo
30. input function SDI1 Definition of virtual FF 0 10 0 96 0 1 input function SDI2 n Definition of virtual FF 0 11 0 96 0 1 input function SDI3 li Definition of virtual FF 0 12 0 96 0 1 input function SDI4 Definition of virtual FF 0 13 0 96 0 1 input function SDI5 i Definition of virtual FF 0 14 0 96 0 1 input function SDI6 Definition of virtual FF 0 15 0 96 0 1 input function SDI7 i Definition of virtual FF 0 16 0 96 0 1 input function SDI8 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 79 Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit FF 0 17 Virtual output input connection polarity H The unit SDO1 SDI1 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Tens SDO2 SDI2 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Hundreds SDO3 SDI3 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Kilobit SDO4 SDIA 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection 0000 FF 0 18 Virtual output input connection polarity H The unit SDO5 SDI5 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Tens SDO6 SDI6 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Hundreds SDO7 SDI7 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection Kilobit SDO8 SDI8 0 Homopolar connection 1 Antipolar connection 0000 6 42 P
31. 0 VF mode 1 Open loop vector speed 2 Closed loop vector speed 3 Open loop torque control 4 Closed loop torque control Tens Operation status 0 Stop 1 Start acceleration 2 Stop deceleration 3 Decreasing frequency and deceleration dE 0 17 Inverter operation status 4 Steadyoperati n 0000 1 R I Hundreds Electric braking status 0 Electric operation 1 Power generation operation Kilobit Limit suppression 0 No action 1 Overcurrent suppression action 2 Overvoltage suppressor action 3 Undervoltage suppression action Accumulative startup dE 0 18 running time at the last 0 65535 65535 1H R I fault Startup running interval dE 0 19 between the last two 0 65535 65535 1H R I faults cae ort 300 00 300 00Hz 0 0 01 RI frequency 6 48 Basic status parameter Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Output frequency and d0 0 00 direction rotor synchronous 300 0Hz 300 00Hz 0 01Hz R frequency daigo me 30000 30000rpm 4rpm R direction d0 0 02 Output current 0 0 6000 0A 0 1A R d0 0 03 Output torque 300 0 300 0 0 1 R d0 0 04 Output voltage 0 500V 1V R d0 0 05 Output power 1000 0 1000 0KW 0 1KW R duro Devise body maximum 0 150 0 C 0 1C R temperature SUNMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 85 Function Code Name Value Range and Description Minimum Unit Factory Default Cha
32. 0 001 F1 4 53 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 49 6 10 Motor parameters Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Rated tested fi tart F2 0 00 Rated power tested from start p 405 oKw 0 1KW x static status after modification F2 0 01 Rated voltage tested from start as an 380 220 1v x static status after modification F2 0 02 Rated current tested from start a cs ceca pe 0 01A x static status after modification Rated frequency tested from F2 0 03 start static status after Max 5 00 F2 0 04V60 Sooo pong x vane ae 300 00Hz modification Rated revolution tested from 10 Min 30000 60 F2 F2 0 04 start static status after 1rpm x MEUS 0 03 rpm modification 0 15 F2 0 02 F2 0 05 Idling current pen 0 01A x F2 0 06 Stator resistance 0 01 65000mQ 0 01 Hint x F2 0 07 Stator inductance 0 001 6500 0mH 0 01 Hint x F2 0 08 Total leakage inductance 0 001 6500 0mH 0 01 Hint x F2 0 09 Rotator time constant 5 0 6500 0ms Ww 0 1ms x F2 0 10 Slip compensation coefficient 0 50 1 50 1 00 0 01 F2 0 11 B Retention parameter x F2 0 23 F2 0 24 Z pulse initial angle 0 0 359 9 0 0 0 1 x F2 0 25 Motor overload protection 50 0 131 0 410 0 04 coefficient 131 closed 131 closed F2 1 26 Reserved x F2 1 51 6
33. 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 F7 1 31 Process PID multi stage preset 5 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 0 1 F7 1 32 Process PID multi stage preset 6 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 0 1 F7 1 33 Process PID multi stage preset 7 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 0 1 6 30 Process PID sleep function Effective when PID output is used as the frequency command Function x mn Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ame SettingiRangeandiDescripton a poet Unit Limit 0 Closed 1 Activated F7 2 34 Sleep function Activated when the T 0 1 multifunctional input selection is valid Function No 33 F7 2 35 Sleep frequency 0 0 FO 1 21 0 0 0 01 F7 2 36 Sleep delay 0 1 3600 0Sec 60 0 0 1 Awakening deviation F7 2 37 compared with the 0 0 100 0 25 0 0 1 100 set value F7 2 38 Awakening delay 0 1 3600 0Sec 60 0 0 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 70 Functional Parameter Table 6 31 Revolution setting and feedback Function a ncn Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description EN Code 2 a Default Unit Limit 0 Set by frequency setting parameter F0 2 25 1 Digital setting F8 0 03 maintained after stop and saved after power off Revolution setting 2 Panel shuttle potentiometer channel only setting F8 0 00 3 Analog inputAl1 0 1 applicable to VC and 3 SVC mode 4 Analog inputAl2 5 Analog inputAI3 dual polarity 6 Frequency sign
34. 10001100 is returned it indicates that the fault code of the frequency inverter is Fu 012 if data 0x64 01100100 is returned it indicates that warning code of the frequency inverter is AL 036 S3U 7i V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Decription Of Communication Protocal 205 6 Fault Diagnosis Relevant Modbus functional code 0x08 Diagnosis Sub function code list Sub function Query Response Function code Data Data Image query Return the identical query data Random data Re start communication option restore the FF00 00 FF00 0000 listen only status for 04 sub code 00 Enforce slave unit into Listen Only status and the salve unit will not reply the failed No reply salve unit can be removed from the communication chain Clear all calculators and diagnosing ob Image query registers data Return the number of bus communication ne CRC error faults CRC error calculation number Number of Return the number of bus anomaly faults anomaly data data abnormity error items Return the number of salve unit information Number of items corresponding with slave unit valid data Total number Return the number of bus information of bus items for salve unit count from the last information reset or after clearing items address or the broadcasting information items SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 206 Optional Components Chapter 11
35. 11 Parameter measurement and pre excitation Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F2 2 52 Start excitation timein a5 2 505ec 0 01 vector mode 0 Closed F2253 Motor parameter 1 Static identification 0 1 measurement 2 Static operating parameter identification The minimum unit of si ator resistance stator inductance and total leakage inductance o asynchronous machines is relevant with models SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 50 Functional Parameter Table 6 12 Multifunctional input terminal Function Name Setting Range Factory Minimum Change Code and Description Default Unit Limit F3 0 00 Multifunctional input terminal DI1 0 96 0 1 x F3 0 01 Multifunctional input terminal DI2 0 96 0 1 x F3 0 02 Multifunctional input terminal DI3 0 96 7 1 x F3 0 03 Multifunctional input terminal D14 0 96 8 1 x F3 0 04 Multifunctional input terminal DI5 0 96 13 1 x F3 0 05 Multifunctional input terminal DIG 0 96 0 1 x F3 0 06 Multifunci ional inpu terminal DI7 0 96 0 1 E expansion function F3 0 07 Tae ional inpu terminal DI8 0 96 0 1 x expansion function Multifunctional input termina F3 0 08 0 98 97 1 DI9 Fin standard expansion card Multifunctional terminal filtering F3 0 09 1 50 5 1 time DI1 DI5 d i Multifunctional termina
36. 110 Function Details F0 3 35 External control terminal Setting range 0000 0013 Factory default 0000 action mode H The unit Control command action mode Preconditions for below instructions the multifunctional terminal DI3 is for FWD command function F3 0 02 7 DI4 is for REV function F3 0 03 8 and DI5 is for three line running control function F3 0 04 19 0 Two line mode 1 1 Two line mode 2 Control Operation j i mode DI4 DI3 command Figure 2 Three line mode 1 FF OFF St FWD When KO is engaged FWD and REV 9 2 T DI3 AR control is effective and when KO is Two line OFF ON FWD REV T mode DIA n unengaged FWD and REV control is 1 ON OFF REV v e id and the inverter will stop COM void and the inverter will stop on ON Stop DI3 terminal ascending edge indicates e FWD running command OFF OFF Stop ds DI3 i DI4 terminal ascending edge indicates Two line OFF ON FWD Rey E mode p 5 REV running command 2 ON OFF Stop Be Three line mode 2 SOMI ON ON REV When KO is engaged FWD and REV control is effective when KO is unengaged FWD and REV control is void and the inverter will stop DI3 terminal rising edge indicates running command DI4 terminal disconnection indicates FWD command DI4 terminal connection indicates REV command TEELEN Tens Control command power on initial start mode Running sig
37. 2 ERO1 expansion card SDO1 SDO8 Virtual output 1 8 SUFAR Access Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0x100A 0x100B 0x100C 0x100D 0x100E 0x100F 0x1060 0x1067 0x1068 0x107F X x X X x X X x X X X X X X X 000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 020 021 030 040 050 V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Decription Of Communication Protocal 2 Discrete Input Address Summary 0x1100 0x1200 Relevant Modbus functional codes 0x02 read input status Register name Function Description Access Address Status word bit 0 Ready 0x1100 Status word bit 1 Operation allowed 0x1101 Status word bit 2 Starting allowed 0x1102 Status word bit 3 Reserve 0x1103 Status word bit 4 Operation status 0x1104 Status word bit 5 Direction 0x1105 Status word bit 6 Zero speed 0x1106 Status word bit 7 Acceleration 0x1107 Status word bit 8 Deceleration 0x1108 Status word bit 9 Arrival 0x1109 Status word bit 10 Reserve 0x110A Status word bit 11 Reserve 0x110B Status word bit 12 Instruction source 0x110C Status word bit 13 Command source 0x110D Status word bit 14 Warning 0x110E Status word bit 15 Fault 0x110F DH Multifunctional input terminal 1 0x1120 DI2 Multifunctional input terminal 2 0x1121 DI3 Multifunctiona
38. 3 41 as given value of torque and conduct power failure storage 1 Panel shuttle potentiometer setting Set value of torque is given by rotational shuttle potentiometer 2 Analog input Al1 Alt input voltage value of 0 10V is corresponding to 0 300 of rated torque 3 Analog input AI2 Al2 input current value of 4 20mA is corresponding to 0 300 of rated torque 4 Analog input AI3 Al3 input voltage value of 10 10V are corresponding to 0 300 of rated torque 5 Analog input AIS bipolarity Al3 input voltage value of 10 10V is corresponding to 300 300 of rated torque positive and negative input of AI3 are corresponding to positive and negative instruction value of torque 6 Frequency signal input Fin Maximum value of input frequency of Fin terminal is corresponding to 30096 of rated torque 7 Process PID output For process PID output that given as torque instruction F7 0 00 parameter needs to be set as 1 for matching 8 Reserved Default 0 revolution setting 9 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 Current torque instruction of inverter is set by principal computer through built in standard RS485 communication interface of inverter It is the relative value of the maximum set torque 10 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 Current torque instruction of inverter is set by principal computer through built in standard RS485 communication interface of inverter It is the absolute value of the maximum set torque 11 Virtual analog input SA
39. 40 Torque current 3000 0 3000 0A 0 1A R d0 1 41 Excitation current 0 0 3000 0A 0 1A R dodo Device body temperature 0 150 0 C 0 1 C R detection 1 d0 1 43 Reserve d0 1 44 Reserve d0 1 45 Reserve SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 87 6 50 MODBUS fieldbus status parameter Standard expansion I O board Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit d0 2 46 Bus communication set value 1 10000 10000 1 R d0 2 47 Bus communication set value 2 30000 30000 1 R d0 2 48 Bus command word 1 HEX 0 0FFFFH 1 R d0 2 49 Bus command word 2 HEX 0 0FFFFH 1 R d0 2 50 Bus command word 1 HEX 0 0FFFFH 1 R d0 2 51 Bus command word 2 HEX 0 0FFFFH 1 R abgas Tel quantity of bus 0 65535 1 R information d0 2 53 Number of bus CRC check 0 65535 4 R errors d0 2 54 Number of error data accepted 0 65535 1 R by bus d0 2 55 Number of effective data of bus 0 65535 1 R 6 51 Terminal status and variable Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit d1 0 00 Terminal input DI1 D110 Segment identifier E R see Figure 6 1 d1 0 01 Terminal input EDI1 EDI10 Segment identifier R d1 0 02 Pulse input Fin 0 0 100 00KHz 0 01 R d1 0 03 Analog input Al1 0 00 10 00V 0 01 R d1 0 04 Ana
40. 600 00Sec 0 01 600 0Min Magnetic flux brake Achieve rapid retarding brake of the motor by increasing the motor s magnetic flux 30 120 allowed DC brake band type rake DC brake band type brake initial frequency 0 0 upper limiting frequency brake band type brake injection current 0 0 100 0 Strike frequency 0 0 50 0Hz Typical Function Multi segment running 16 segment frequency speed running independent setting of the running direction time and acceleration amp deceleration of each segment 7 segment process PID setting Built in PID Built in PID controller can be used independently by external equipment Wakening and sleeping Built in PID with simple sleeping and wakening functions MODBUS communication Standard MODBUS communication protocol optional allowing for flexible parameter reading and mapping Dynamic braking Actuating voltage 700 760V braking ratio 50 100 General Functions Power off restart fault self recovery motor parameter dynamic static self identification Start enabling operation enabling start delay overcurrent suppression overvoltage undervoltage suppression V F custom curve analog input curve correction line brake detection textile machinery disturbance frequency swing operation SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Product Introduction 9 Special Function
41. E RTU 2 1 8 1 O RTU 3 1 8 2 N RTU FA 0 02 p rdi station tun stands for broadcasting 4 1 FA 0 03 FIRMUM 0 1000ms 5ms 1 Fa 0 04 Communication o 4 10 00Sec 1 00 0 01 x failure judging time Cor m nicstion 0 Deceleration stop FA 0 05 failure action 1 Run as per last received 0 1 command 6 36 Mapping access parameter Function Name Setting Range Factory Minimum Change Code and Description Default Unit Limit FA 1 08 Mapping application parameter 1 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 29 1 FA 1 09 Mapping application parameter 2 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 29 1 FA 1 10 Mapping application parameter 3 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 29 1 FA 1 11 Mapping application parameter 4 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 32 1 FA 1 12 Mapping application parameter 5 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 32 1 FA 1 13 Mapping application parameter 6 H F0 00 FF 55 F0 32 1 FA 1 14 Mapping status parameter 1 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 00 1 FA 1 15 Mapping status parameter 2 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 01 1 FA 1 16 Mapping status parameter 3 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 02 1 FA 1 17 Mapping status parameter 4 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 03 1 FA 1 18 Mapping status parameter 5 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 04 1 x FA 1 19 Mapping status parameter 6 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 05 1 x FA 1 20 Mapping status parameter 7 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 06 1 x FA 1 21 Mapping status parameter 8 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 07 1 x FA 1 22 Mapping status parameter 9 H d0 00 d1 49 d0 08 1 x FA 1 23 Mapping status parameter 10 H d0 00
42. Effective for asynchronous motors 0 Void i 1 Effective paged Magnetic fux brake 2 Multifunctional terminal g 1 effective Function No 65 Magnetic flux braking F5 3 33 strength brake 30 120 1 exciting current phage Voltage 0 Void 1 Effective 1 1 overmodulation Use ratio of dynamic F5 3 35 braking for some 50 100 100 1 models F amp 3 36 Levelofdynamic eso ze0v 690 1 braking starting action Vibration suppression pend enw 0 0 0 01 10 00 0 0 0 01 effective in VF control mode Load dynamic T Fffective P F5 3 38 balance 2 Multifunctional terminal 0 1 effective Function No 38 0 Digital setting F5 3 40 1 AI input F5 3 39 pre nde 2 AI2 input 0 1 3 AI3 input 4 Fieldbus set value 1 F5 340 Reference value for 0 o 200 0 100 0 0 1 dynamic balance load eat e balance 0 0 100 00 50 00 0 01 adjustment gain pegua Mnt baane 0 0 100 00 96 1 00 0 01 adjustment limit F5 4 43 h Reserved F5 4 47 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 62 Functional Parameter Table 6 25 Multi stage frequency setting Function Tr Factory Minimum Change Code Name Setting Range and Description Default Unit Limit 15 e F6 0 00 Spereug F0 1 22 F0 1 21 5 00 0 01 frequency 2 operating F6 0 01 F0 1 22 F0 1 21 10 00 0 01 frequency 3nd s F6 0 02 opsrarng F0 1 22 F0 1 21 15 00 0 01 frequency th
43. F0 00 FF 55 0x1307 parameter 5 Mapping application PPM F0 00 FF 55 0x1308 parameter 6 Status word Mapping discrete 0 OXFFFF 0x1309 range 0 15 d 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 d 00 d1 49 d 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 40 00 d1 49 Undefined SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 204 Decription Of Communication Protocal Notes fthere is no need to keep the parameters permanently it suffices to write the parameters to the RAM area However if the parameters have to be maintained permanently it is required to write the parameter values into the ROM area The service life of ROM area will be shortened if parameters are frequently written to the ROM area If value F2 1 13 needs to be written and maintained permanently the register address where it should be written to is OXE213 When reading writing control words it can be achieved via reading writing to the coil mapped to each bit of control words and it can also be achieved via reading writing to the hold register corresponding to the control words Both methods can achieve identical results If it is needed to set the value for operation allowed we can set the value of the bit 1 for control word address 0x1001 as 1 via functional code 05 we can also set the value of control word address 0x1300 as 0x0002 via functional code 06 When reading the status wor
44. H 3 Parameter download except for 0000 1 s motor parameter F2 group Tens Local download permitted 0 Parameter download forbidden 1 Parameter download permitted The unit Reserved Tens Control mode F0 0 09 Canol more 0 SVC mode open loop vector control 0000 1 x selection 1 VC mode closed loop vector control 2 V F control F0 0 10 Reserved parameter The unit Panel key locking 0 No locking 1 All keys are locked except for UP DW Shuttle Stop and RUN 2 All keys are locked except for STOP and RUN 3 All keys are locked except for STOP 4 Lock all keys Tens STOP key function Selection of 0 Non panel control mode void F0 0 11 panel key 0000 1 x functions H 1 Press STOP key in any control mode to stop the device slowly 2 Press STOP key in any control mode to stop the device freely Hundreds Function of PANEL REMOTE keys 0 Void 1 Stop effective 2 Continuously effective Kilobit Reserved SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functiona Parameter Table 41 Function PN Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ue Setting Range and Descriptio Default Unit Limit Principal F0 0 12 monitoring d0 0 d0 55 d1 0 d1 55 d0 00 1 parameter H 6 2 Running command selection Function Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ind Setti
45. Operation command Figure 7 22 External Terminal Selection Mode for Acceleration and Deceleration Time F1 0 11 MS emergency stop Setting range 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Factory default x and deceleration time The time for decelerating from the maximum output frequency F0 1 20 to the zero frequency will only function when the inverter stops in deceleration way F0 4 54 is set to 0 after receiving EMS emergency stop command function no 14 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 119 7 7 Carrier frequency Group F1 1 Setting range F1 1 13 Carrier frequency 1 5 10 0KHz FF 4 43 0 Factory default x 1 5 12 5KHz FF 4 43 1 It is the switch frequency determining the inverter s internal power module The allowable maximum carrier frequency is relevant with the inverter model The carrier frequency mainly influences the audio noise and heat effect during running When mute running is required it is applicable to appropriately increase the value of the carrier frequency but the maximum load allowable for the inverter may be somewhat reduced accompanied by somewhat increase of interference of the inverter to the outside world For the circumstances where the motor wire is too long it may lead to leaking current between motor wires and between the wire and the ground When the ambient temperature is too high and the motor load is too high or the inverter is failed due to
46. Process PID sleep f nction retten 69 Revolution setting and feedback sess 70 Revolution closed loop parameters ssssssssseseeeenennne 72 Protection parameter redde eade eee erae cien teen drin peek eda 73 Torque control a etate teaver sap SOLE E 73 M DBUS field bUS 75 atest cree eee ccr t eer na acces tere dre 74 Mapping access parameter essei ense tnn th sth traten tnnt 75 Communication linkage synchronous control sess 76 Expansion multifunctional input terminal essent 76 Expansion multifunctional output terminal essent 77 Zero speed torque and position control sessssssseeee 77 Virtual input and OUtp b 3425 2 ote Diete dee 78 Protection function configuration parameters sse 79 Correction Parameter since eee ee ees 81 Special functional parameters ssssssesssssesseseeeeeenn enne th etn atnntnntna 81 Other configuration parameters sse 82 Historical fault recording etm ns 83 Operation status at the last fault sesesssssssssssseeeeee 83 Basic status paramelt r c nii o to hee e een ede caet eril ld eel 84 Auxiliary status parameter s cerco c irre ee tiet ee reg 86 MODBUS fieldbus status parameter sssssssssssseeeenennnes 8
47. The pressurization of all the leading wires shall be in compliance with the voltage class of the frequency inverter Please reliably ground the frequency inverter and motor locally A Absorption capacitor or other RC absorbers shall not be installed at U V and W w output end of the frequency inverter as shown in figure 4 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 18 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter Motor U Inverter Vo 49 RC absorber Figure 4 1 The ketch of forbidding connecting a RC absorber at the output terminal 4 2 Connection of optional fittings and frequency inverter Power supply The power supply shall be in accordance with the specification of input power supply designated by this operating manual Air switch 1 When the frequency inverter is maintained or not in use for a long time the air Switch will separate the frequency inverter from the power supply 2 When the input side of the frequency inverter has failures like short circuit the air switch can protect AC input reactor When the interaction of higher harmonic between the frequency inverter and power supply can not meet the requirements after serious wave form distortion of power grid or the frequency inverter is equipped with DC reactor the AC input reactor can be added The AC input reactor can improve the power factors at input side of the inverter and reduce the influence caused by unbalanced volta
48. The set resolution is the minimum quantitative value e g 0 01 Hz and data are saved in the internal memory of the panel 4 Terminal UP DW setting maintained after stop Multifunctional terminals are used to directly increase decrease function no 15 16 or clear function no 17 the set frequency The terminal function is selected by parameters F3 0 00 F3 0 08 The set data will not be saved and will get lost after power off The relationship between the status setting combination of the three external switches and the current frequency set value of the inverter is shown in Figure 7 2 Preconditions for below instruction multifunctional terminal DI1 frequency or process PID setting UP function F3 0 00 15 DI2 sets frequency or process PID DW function F3 0 03 16 and DI5 sets UP DW with frequency clear function F3 0 04 17 Table 7 2 External Switch Status and Current Frequency UP switch DI1 l Set Down switch n Frequency Maintai Increas Deceas Maintai z Dl2 V Terminal ned ed ed ned o Clear switch e Status DIS r t DH OFF ON OFF ON Random e COM r DI2 OFF OFF ON ON Random E DIS OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Figure 7 9 Terminal UP DW Wiring Diagram SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 5 Terminal UP DW setting maintained after stop Similar to the case of 4 as above the inv
49. V350 280015 2 9 1 5 75 V350 2S0022 3 8 2 2 10 0 V350 4T0011 2 0 14 3 0 V350 4T0015 24 1 5 37 V350 4T0022 3 6 2 2 5 5 V350 4T0030 4 9 3 0 7 5 Three phase V350 4T0040 6 3 4 0 9 5 380V V350 4T0055 8 6 5 5 13 0 V350 4T0075 11 2 75 17 0 V350 4T0090 13 8 9 0 21 V350 4T0110 16 5 11 25 V350 4T0150 21 7 15 33 2 4 Product technical index and specifications Rated voltage Three phase 4T series 380V 50 60Hz Single phase 2S series 220V 50 60Hz frequency Output voltage 0 380 V 0 220 V Output Low frequency running mode 0 00 300 00Hz frequency High frequency running mode 0 00 1000 00Hz Models V350 4T0030 2S0022 and below standard configuration of 5 circuit PTT digital input DI Digital input Models V350 4T0040 and above 6 circuit digital input DI extensible to 16 circuit optional extension components Models V350 4T0030 2S0022 and below standard configuration of 1 circuit Input digital output DO Digital output Models V350 4T0040 and above standard configuration of 2 circuit digital output DO Output Pulse input 0 100 0KHz pulse input to connect NPN type OC output optional Pulse output 0 100 0KHz pulse NPN type OC output optional PWM output mode can be selected to extend analog output terminal Analog input Standard configuration 0 10V voltage input Al1 0 20mA current input Al2 Standard expansion I O card 10V 10V
50. asynchronous motor for ensuring g performance control make sure that 1 Correctly set nameplate parameters 2 Power level of motor and frequency inverter shall be match with each other generally motor only can be two levels less or one level more than frequency inverter After the rated power setting F2 0 00 is changed following parameters F2 0 00 F2 0 09 will then automatically matched and modified Please conduct setting according to the sequence When any one of the nameplate parameters is changed the frequency inverter will automatically set static identification of motor parameters once With the motor is connected for operation for the first time it will automatically conduct one time of parameter static identification parameter FF 4 43 can shield this function F2 0 10 Slip compensation coefficient Setting range 0 50 1 50 Factory default 1 00 Slip compensation coefficient is used for slip frequency calculation valid with vector control mode With SVC running this parameter can be amended to adjust speed for compensation control F2 0 24 Z pulse initial angle Setting range 0 0 359 9 Factory default 0 0 This parameter is valid when Z pulse selection is valid F8 0 07 1 used for set corresponding mechanical rotating angle of Z pulse position F2 0 25 Motor overload protection Setting range 50 0 131 0 Factory default 110 0 coefficient This parameter is used for setting sensitivity of heat re
51. braking action time will be void The DC band tape brake brake injection current means the brake current outputted at the time of inverter DC band type brake brake Its set value is the percentage with respect to the rated current DC brake Output initial frequency frequency Start frequency Start frequency holding time DC brake action time Running time Start frequency i d DC brake Siar FWD and REV initial frequency dead zone time frequency holding time Figure 7 17 Stop DC Brake Sketch F0 4 48 Restart after power off Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 F0 4 49 Restart after power off Setting range 0 10 10 00Sec Factory default 0 5 restart standby time after power off This is mainly for the trigger start modes of panel control bus control and three line control If the power off restart function is effective the inverter will automatically save the running command status before power off and will automatically restore to the running status before power off after the stop restart waiting time when it is powered on again The power off restart will restore running in the mode of inspection speed restart F0 4 50 Forward and reverse Setting range 0 00 5 00Sec Factory default 0 0 transition dead time The forward and reverse transition dead time is used to set the waiting time for the motor to shift from FWD to REV or from REV to FWD This function is us
52. check 0101 1231 1 R date H 1 4 50 Motherboard check 0 50000 1 R serial number SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 90 Functional Parameter Table Exhibit 1 Comparison table of multifunctional terminal DI EDI SDI functions S N Function S N Function 0 No function 1 Multi speed control 1 2 Multi speed control 2 3 Multi speed control 3 4 Multi speed control 4 5 FWD jog Forward FWD running command 6 REV jog 7 terminal 8 Reverse REV running command 9 Acceleration and deceleration time terminal selection 1 Acceleration and deceleration time T 10 11 Running command switching selection 2 12 Frequency command switching 13 Fault resetting input RESET Frequency or Process PID set 14 Emergency stop EMS 15 value ascending UP Frequency or Process PID set value 16 i 17 UP DW set frequency clear descending DW 18 External equipment fault 19 Three line running control Acceleration and deceleration 20 Stop DC braking command 21 forbidden Simple PLC multi stage running 22 Process PID effective 23 effective 24 Swing frequency running effective 25 Reserve 26 Simple PLC multi stage running 27 Swing frequency status resetting status when stopping resetting effective when stopping 28 Multi stage process PID giving 29 Multi stage Process PID giving terminal 1 terminal 2 30 Multi stage process PID
53. compensation PID to build flexibly as necessary which can conduct adjustment directly to the output of frequency integrator Adjusting gain value F5 3 41 rated current of equipment 100 when the difference of output current and reference value reaches the adjusting gain value output frequency will drop to the adjusting amplitude limit value Adjusting amplitude limit value F5 3 42 current selected frequency 100 this value is the amplitude peak of dynamic balance adjustment Load Reference load F5 3 39 Output frequency 4 Adjusting amplitude NJ limiting value Frequ Ne eee ee Adjusting gain value H Reference F5342 T Ve Valua cese puse Output limit Time Adjusting area gt t Figure 7 41 Sketch of Load Dynamic Balance Function Figure 7 42 Sketch of Dynamic Balance Variables SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 153 7 24 Multi stage frequency setting Group F6 0 F6 0 00 F6 0 14 Opening Setting range F0 1 22 F0 1 21 Factory default 5 00 50 00 frequency 1st 15th The parameter is for the setup of multi stage operation s frequency and can be used to multistage velocity operation and simple programmable multi stage operation Refer to the detailed specifica tions of multi velocity control function 1 2 3 4 of multifunctional input terminals F3 0 00 F3 0 07 and simple programmable multistage operation in F6 1
54. cover plate into about 15 then insert the fixed stator at the top of cover plate into fixed slot on shell Forcibly press the cover plate down until heard a click which means the cover plate has been in place Control loop terminal Main loop terminal 1 roy Fastener position Lower Front plug cover plate board Figure 3 7 Disassembly and installation schematic diagram of plastic cover SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 16 Installation Of Fr equency Inverter 3 5 Installation size of inverters V350 4T0030 280022 and below models W1 Distance between installation holes on the side board W Side board width H1 Distance between installation holes on the side board H Side board height D Distance between front and rear boards Ww w1 V350 4T0040 and above models The inverter s installation size is shown as below Inverter Model inverted Medal w1 w H1 H D Screw Three phase 380V Three phase 220V mm mm mm mm mm specification V350 4T0011 V350 2S0007 87 97 152 162 130 M4 V350 4T0015 V350 2S0011 V350 4T0022 V350 280015 95 105 190 200 145 M4 V350 4T0030 V350 2S0022 V350 4T0040 121 135 234 248 175 M4 V350 4T0055 V350 4T0075 146 160 261 275 179 M5 V350 4T0090 V350 4T0110 169 1
55. designed for inverter and rectifier circuit to improve power factors and filter ripple voltage and current interference O Performance index of DC reactor e Rated operational voltage DC 500V DC540V e Dielectric strength iron core winding 2500VAC 50Hz 5mA 60S no flashover breakdown Insulation resistance iron core winding 500VDC insulation resistance 2100MQ e Reactor noise is less than 65dB test at the point of 1m horizontal distance with reactor Temperature rise is less than 70K O Mechanical parameter amp Configuration parameter of DC reactor Dimensions Mounting Terminal Bore Length X Width X Dimension Diameter Height mm mm DLK 3A 80 65 110 Inverter Reactor Power KW Model mm lt SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 216 Optional Components 11 6 2 AC input reactor AC input reactor is mounted at input terminal of inverter to restrain transmitting harmonic generated by inverter to power grid reduce interference of inverter harmonic to other components improve quality of power grid improve power factors and restrain abnormal fluctuations of power grid voltage and surge current of power grid stabilize waveform and reduce impact to inverter O Performance index of AC input reactor e Rated operational voltage 380V 50Hz e Dielectric strength iron core winding 3000VAC 50Hz 5mA 60S no flashover breakdown Insulation resistance iron core winding 1000VDC insulation
56. disconnect after pick up for 0 5S 23 Swing frequency upper and lower limit After selection of wobbulation if the frequency fluctuation range of wobbulation which calculated based on center frequency is above upper limit frequency F0 1 21 or below lower limit frequency F0 1 22 then terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 24 Encoder direction It is used to indicate the directional signal output by current encoder frequency division 26 29 32 Monitoring parameters 1 2 3 below the lower limit When monitoring parameters 1 2 3 are below the lower limit values terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up which keeps until monitoring parameters 1 2 3 are above the upper limit values then output the invalid signal relay disconnects as shown in figure 7 30 A A Monitor reference value A Monitor reference value Upper limit _ Upper limit Lower limit Lower limit gt A i Time i Relay pull in L i Relay pull in i i I M c poss Time Time Figure 7 30 A Monitor Functional Sketch 1 Figure 7 30 B Monitor Functional Sketch 2 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 138 Function Details 27 30 33 Monitoring parameters 1 2 3 above the lower limit When monitoring parameters 1 2 3 are above the upper limit values terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up which keeps until monitoring parameter
57. for running of the asynchronous motor as set by users the maximum frequency corresponding to the mechanical rotor of the asynchronous motor 3 The maximum output frequency must be higher than the upper limiting frequency 4 The lower limiting frequency is the minimum frequency allowed for running of the motor as set by users 5 The maximum output frequency upper limiting frequency and lower limiting frequency shall carefully set according to the actual nameplate parameters and operating status of the controlled motor and The relationship among the three is shown in Figure 7 7 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 105 Output voltage F1 2 16 Output frequency F0 1 22 F1 2 15 F0 1 21 F0 1 20 Figure 7 7 Frequency Parameter Definition Sketch eg F1 2 15 in figure 7 7 represents the motor s reference frequency and F1 2 16 referents the motor s reference voltage F0 1 23 FWD jog frequency Setting range 0 0Hz F0 1 21 Factory default 10 00 F0 1 24 REV jog frequency Setting range 0 0Hz F0 1 21 Factory default 10 00 Jog running is a special running mode of the inverter No matter the inverter is initially stopped or running as long as the jog command is inputted the inverter will transit to the jog frequency according to the preset jog acceleration and deceleration time However it is also influenced by the startup frequency and startup frequen
58. for three dial switches Applicable mode V350 4T0040 and above models JP1 Shift VO1 Indicating that AO1 terminal outputs voltage signal Shift OFF Indicating that AO1 terminal is at vacant state Shift CO1 Indicating that AO1 outputs current signal SUFAR Label of Function description of TER Type Cinel Name ribee Specification Al1 GND Analog input Al1 Select input voltage range Input voltage polarity and other 0 10V Analog input Al2 GND Analog input Al2 functions with function Input current g np code in F4 group 0 20mA Multifunctional The programmable Anal AOT GND analog outputAO1 voltage current signal nalog output Multifunctional output terminal has 45 AO2 GND kinds of monitoring status analog outputAO2 to be selected by Current output programming See 0 20mA Comparison Table for Voltage output Monitor Variables for 0 10V Common terminal of details For JP1 GND i analog signal current voltage output is selected see DIP Switch Power supply Jumper Selection in 4 3 3 for detail Provide externally Suh MS VS GND 10V 5V power 10V 10mA power supply Selection in supply or 5V 50mA power 4 3 3 for detail supply selection 4 89 8 Description of dial switch on the control panel 1 There are two shifts for one dial switch Applicable model V350 4T0030 2S0022 and na below models I H JP3 EN 0 kd en VN Shift V Indicating that AO terminal externally y X outputs 0 10V volta
59. frequency inverter and can be checked and modified separately When F0 0 08 1 the keyboard will begin to read the internal parameters of the frequency inverter and the operation panel will display the process of reading parameters in real time After the completion of parameter backup the display mode will recover to normal monitoring automatically During parameter backup the operation can be stopped at any time by pressing key and the display will switch to normal monitoring mode If alarm information is occurred please refer to Chapter 8 Parameter copy write in parameter download This operation panel allows for copying the backup parameters to the internal memory of the frequency inverter only the internal parameters opened to users and users can write in their typical setting parameters backed up in the operation panel into the frequency inverter at one time without separate modification When the frequency inverter set F0 0 08 as 1 2 or 1 3 in stopped mode the keyboard will begin to copy the backup parameters to frequency inverter and the operation panel will display the process in real time After the completion of copying the display mode will recover to normal monitoring automatically During parameter copying the operation can be stopped at any time to abandon the copied parameters by pressing key and the display mode will switch to normal monitoring mode If alarm information is occur
60. function output terminal DO EDO SDO 1 Inverter running ready When inverter is in normal running ready state terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up connection of TA and TC 2 Inverter is running When the inverter is in running state terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 3 Equipment normal When inverter is fault free and DC busbar voltage is normal terminal will effectively indicate signal relay will pick up 4 Equipment fault When inverter goes wrong and sends fault signal terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 5 Equipment alarm When there is exception of inverter and sending warning signal terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 6 Equipment fault or alarm When there is fault for exception of inverter and sending fault or warning signal terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 7 Reverse running When electric motor rotates reversely the terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up 8 Valid running command When running instruction of inverter is valid the terminal will output the valid signal relay will operate 9 Running at zero speed When running instruction is valid but output frequency of inverter is at zero and there is current output terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 10 Speed not at zero When the speed of rotator of electric motor is not at zero VC mode or output frequency is
61. g p Default Unit Limit The unit Detection of speed measuring signal detection NE 0 Not detect Missing detection 1 Detect and treat F8 0 10 and action of speed 0001 1 x detection signal Tens Act after missing of the speed detection signal 0 Fault alarm and free stop 1 Reserved Judging time for F8 0 11 speed detection signal 0 01 5 00Sec 2 00 0 01 missing Wire breakage zero d signal level F8 0 12 Sheed signal level as 0 20 0 a 0 0 0 1 compared to the maximum set speed Speed measuring loop wire breakage F8 0 13 detection flexibility as 0 1 100 0 5 0 0 1 compared to the maximum set speed Detection revolution F8 0 14 filtering time 0 closed 1 50ms 0 1 coefficient The minimum F8 0 15 revolution correspond 0 30000rpm 0 1 ing to the feedback signal not PG The maximum luti d F8 0 16 o lion correspone 4_30000rpm 1500 1 ing to the feedback signal not PG F8 0 17 F8 0 06 PG rotation direction 0 PhaseA is leading 0 1 Effective for PG card 1 Phase B is leading F8 0 07 PG zero pulse Z 0 Void 0 4 p pulse 1 Effective 0 ABZ incremental decoder 1 ABZUVW incremental type F8 0 08 Decoder t 0 1 SUDUer pe 2 SINCOS 3 Rotary transformer SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 72 Functional Parameter Table 6 32 Revolution closed loop parameters Function Nam
62. giving 34 Process PID setting selection terminal 3 switching Process PID feedback selection e 32 oon 33 Process PID sleep activation switching me Minimum torque limiting set value 34 Torque speed control mode switching 35 I selection 36 Maximum torque limiting set value 37 Zero torque zero loss tracking selection free sliding 38 Load dynamic balancing effective 39 Linkage setting conditions effective RS485 external Standard operation 40 ME 41 Reserved panel control switching 42 Start permission 43 Running permission 44 Counter 1 clock terminal 45 Counter 2 clock terminal 46 Counter 1 trigger signal 47 Counter 2 trigger signal 48 Counter 1 resetting terminal 49 Counter 2 resetting terminal SUNMEAR V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table S N Function S N Function 50 Counter 1 gated signal 51 Counter 2 gated signal 52 Timer 1 trigger signal 53 Timer 2 trigger signal 54 Timer 3 trigger signal 55 Timer 1 resetting 56 Timer 2 resetting 57 Timer 3 resetting 58 Timer 1 gated signal 59 Timer 2 gated signal g i Single pulse accumulative length 60 Timer 3 gated signal 61 value resetting Motor temperature detection contact 62 63 Reserved input 64 Reserved 65 Magnetic flux brake 66 Position pulse counting PG pulse T Automatic shifting Spindle shifting counting accumulation resetting jog running Reserve for functi
63. group parameters Frequency inverter can transform frequency and direction automatically according to the running time to satisfy the require ment of technology as Figure 7 43 A shown fl4 PLC running f51 T5 T6 T12 T13 T14 T15 x CFR FO FF K X 3 i i i i 1 1 H i i li i i i H i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 i i i i i 1 i i 1 i 1 ji i i i i i i l l 1 A 1 i f 1 i i i i 1 i i i i i i i i i i i f PLC stage completion indicator PLC cycling completion indicator Figure 7 43 A Simple PLC Operation In the figure a1 a15 and d1 d15 are current stage s time of acceleration and deceleration while f1 f15 and T1 T15 are current stage s given frequency and operating time All these will be defined in this parameter respectively The completion of simple programmable multi stage operation for stage cycle and so on can access to multifunctional output terminals or relay s output index signal Refer to Function 20 21 multi stage operation completed and 22 multi stage operating cycle completed among the F3 1 15 F3 1 20 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 154 Function Details 7 25 Simple programmable multi stage operation Group F6 1 F6 1 15 Selection of programmable Setting range 0000 1254 Factory default 0000 multi stage speed operation mode H The Unit Function selection 0 Function off 1 Multi stage
64. hundred definition after being powered on again F6 1 16 F6 1 30 Setting of stage 1 15 Setting range 0000 1321 Factory default 0000 The unit Operating frequency source setting source at each stage 0 Multi stage frequency setting 1 15 Process PID multi stage setting 1 7 1 7 Setting values of stage operation frequency should be set by multi stage frequency setting 1 15 Group F6 0 Process PID multi stage setting 1 7 Group F7 1 1 Frequency command F0 2 25 Process PID setting F7 0 01 Setting values of stage operation frequency should be set by frequency command F0 2 25 Process PID setting F7 0 01 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 158 Function Details 7 26 Swing frequency operation Group F6 2 Swing frequency operation is regulated by high and low boundary of frequency If the function s parameter group is improper swing frequency operates properly 4 Running frequency F6 2 50 x Swing frequency amplitude a Swing frequency Frequency at the amplitude center of the swing frequency F6 2 53 F6 2 47 77 F6 2 51 F6 2 52 F0 2 25 Confirmed external frequency set value gt Time F6 2 48 Figure 7 45 Schematic diagram of swing frequency operation F6 2 46 Function selecting H Setting range 0000 1112 Factory default 0000 The unit Function setting 0 Function off The functional parameter of Group F6 2 is invali
65. is applied to switch running command of frequency inverter between control command 1 and control command 2 See the running command switching status as following table Table 7 5 Contrast table of jog command switching Terminal status Running command of frequency inverter ON Running command 2 OFF Running command 1 12 Frequency command switching This function is applied to switch frequency setting source of frequency inverter between frequency setting source 1 and frequency setting source 2 See the frequency command switching status as following table Table 7 6 Contrast table of frequency command switching Terminal status Frequency setting source of frequency inverter ON Frequency setting source 2 OFF Frequency setting source 1 13 Fault resetting input RESET 14 When fault alarm occurs to the frequency inverter resetting can be done through external terminals and the input rising edge is valid the function is coincident to the function of the STOP RESET button on the operating panel Emergency stop EMS Whatever status frequency inverter operates if the functional terminal is effective frequency inverter stops in terms of set emergency stop mode F0 4 54 and starts to operate with rising edge of running command 15 16 Frequency or Process PID set value ascending UP descending DW 17 18 V320 frequency inverter can achieve the setup of operation frequency via e
66. is cleared the warning signal can be cleared automatically meanwhile the analog input signal is restored to input value 3 Forcedly set to the default value When detecting analog input wire break if the frequency inverter operates normally it reports aL 036 aL 038 warning signal Meanwhile forcedly set the analog input signal to the default input value of analog input If the wire break fault is cleared the warning signal can be cleared automatically meanwhile the analog input signal is restored to input value 4 Inverter forced trip stop When detecting analog input wire break it reports Fu 036 Fu 038 fault signal and lock output and load motor freely sliding down If the wire break fault is cleared fault signal shall be cleared with hand reset Hopping frequency Group F5 0 Hopping frequency function makes the output frequency of frequency inverter to avoid the mechanical resonant frequency point of machine loaded Setting frequency of frequency inverter can operate with hopping frequency around some frequency point as the method in the figure below with 3 hopping ranges defined at most After hopping frequency parameters are set even the setting frequency of frequency inverter is within the mechanical resonant frequency band of driving system output frequency of frequency inverter will still adjust out of the mechanical resonant band operating with lower limiting value of the hopping range of this hopping frequenc
67. is mainly for the system in which the PID running output needs to be combined with other setting channel for running In general running system this value does not need to be selected PID output will automatically participate in setting competition according to the frequency setting priority When this mode is used the priority F5 3 28 of command source shall be correctly set and the PID output shall be base on the maximum setting of this channel F0 2 28 upper limit frequency shall be SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 7 4 Function Details 109 regarded as the reference for those beyond common modes 24 Compensation PID output the reserved item of this function for this series of products 25 Disturbance running frequency The frequency set value is given by the disturbance running frequency This option is mainly for the system in which the disturbance running output needs to be combined with other setting channel for running In general running system this value does not need to be selected The disturbance output will automatically participate in setting competition according to the frequency setting priority 26 Automatic multi sage running frequency The frequency set value is given by the multi stage running frequency This option is mainly for the system in which the multi stage running output needs to be combined with other setting channel for running In general running system this value do
68. key The keyboard control external terminal control and communication control functinos can be swithced with each other through setting lost after power down F0 0 11 1 the switch status is not stored and Shuttle selection key Adjust data after addition in clockwise rotation and adjust data after subtraction in counterclockwise rotation When F0 0 25 3 select panel shuttle setting Ok key Confirm the current status and parameters the parameters are stored in the internal memory and enter into next level function menu SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 29 5 2 Basic functions and operating methods of panel 5 2 1 Basic functions of panel The operation panel also has the following special functions aside from such basic functions as forward operation reverse operation inching operation shut down fault reset parameter modifycation and inquiry and operating status parameter monitoring etc Parameter copy and read backup parameter upload This operation panel allows for copying the internal parameters of the frequency inverter to the operation panel only the internal parameters opened to users and storing permanently Therefore users can backup their typical setting parameters to the operation panel for emergency The backup parameters in the operation panel do not influence the operation of the
69. loop contactor does not A Fu 021 contactor does not act Replace the main loop contactor contact well properly 1 There is intense noise around in the process of writing in Internal data memory J 1 Retry after reset Fu 022 function code data is faulty 2 Seek for manufacturer s service 2 The internal memory is damaged SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 186 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures loop is disconnected disconnected 3 The output of speed measuring module is abnormal 4 Relevant function codes are set improperly Fault gt Display hap Possible causes Solutions description The output current of U 1 The lead from frequency phase is inverter to motor is Fu 026 D deficient smaller disconnected i 1 Eliminate peripheral faults The output current of V 2 The driving or control panel Fu 027 2 Seek for manufacturer s support phase is of the frequency inverter is e nel 3 Eliminate motor faults deficient smaller faulty Fu 028 as The output current of W 3 The three phase winding of phase is deficient smaller the motor is faulty The three phase input 1 Add AC or DC reactor The imbalance rate of Fu 032 voltage is unbalanced 2 Increase the capacity of three phase volta0ge is larger can be shielded frequency inverter 1 The wiring of input analog signal is disconnected or 1 Check the
70. maintained in bipolar mode after stop and saved after power off 9 Analog input AI1 10 Analog input AI2 11 Analog input AI3 12 Given by the analog input Altbipolarity 13 Given by the analog input AI3 bipolarity 14 Pulse input Fin 15 Given by the pulse input bipolarity 16 MODBUS fieldbus set value 1 17 MODBUS fieldbus set value 2 18 Al1 AI2 19 AIZ AI3 20 Al2 pulse input Fin 21 AI Al2 rail to rail input 10V 22 AM AI2 23 Process PID output 24 Reserved 25 Disturbance running frequency 26 Automatic multi sage running frequency 27 Terminal selection multi stage frequency 28 Virtual analog input SAI1 29 Virtual mode input SAI2 F0 2 26 Reserved F0 2 27 Minimum value of frequency setting 0 0Hz FO 2 28 0 0 0 01 F0 2 28 Maximum value of F0 2 27 FO 1 20 50 0 0 01 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 43 Function mm Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ame Setting RangeandiDescripile Default Unit Limit frequency setting Panel digital t val f F0 2 29 59 V9 9 o oz 1F 0 2 28 0 0 0 01 frequency setting panel F0 2 30 Reserved x parameters F0 2 32 6 4 Control command source Function Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code d Set
71. multi stage given PID given terminal 3 PID given terminal 2 PID given terminal 1 selection Ordinary process PID OFF OFF OFF given determined by F7 0 01 Process PID OFF OFF ON multi stage given 1 Process PID OFF ON OFF multi stage given 2 Process PID OFF ON ON multi stage given 3 Process PID ON OFF OFF multi stage given 4 Process PID ON OFF ON multi stage given 5 Process PID ON ON OFF multi stage given 6 Process PID ON ON ON multi stage given 7 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 132 Function Details 31 Process PID setting selection switching The functional terminal is applied to switch process PID setting of frequency inverter between process PID setting 1 and process PID setting 2 See process PID setting switching status as following table Table 7 8 Contrast table of switching status of process PID setting Terminal status Process PID setting of frequency inverter ON Process PID setting 2 OFF Process PID setting 1 32 Process PID feedback selection switching This functional terminal is applied to switch Process PID feedback of frequency inverter between process PID setting 1 and process PID setting 2 See switching status of process PID as following table Table 7 9 Contrast table of switching status of process PID feedback Terminal status Process PID feedback of frequency inverter ON Process PID feedback 2 OFF Process PID feedback 1
72. not at zero VF or SVC mode terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up 11 Inverter undervoltage stop SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 137 When inverter is in under voltage stop and reporting Fu 008 the terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up 12 Valid external control When control command of frequency converter is given not on panel terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up 14 Running at power generating status braking When inverter is in regenerative braking running state terminal will output the valid signal relay will pick up 19 Completion of current stage of multi stage running 0 5s pulse After completion of current stage of multi stage running terminal will output the valid pulse signal with 0 5S width relay will disconnect after pick up for 0 5S 20 Multi stage running completed 0 5S pulse After completion of one cycle of multi stage speed running terminal will output the valid impulse signal with 0 5S width relay will disconnect after pick up for 0 5S 21 Multi stage running completed continuous level output After completion of one cycle of multi stage speed running terminal will output continuous valid signal relay will pick up 22 Multi stage running cycle completed 0 5Spulse After completion of one cycle of multi stage speed running terminal will output effective impulse signal with 0 5S width relay will
73. parameter F0 2 25 Revolution set value is obtained from transition of frequency set value selected by F0 2 25 revolution setting frequency set value 60 pairs of motor polarity 1 Digital setting F8 0 03 stop holdup and storage after power off Value of F8 0 03 is set as revolution set value automatically preserved when outage 2 Panel shuttle potentiometer setting Revolution set value is given by revolving panel shuttle potentiometer 3 Analog input Al1 4 Analog input AI2 5 Analog input Al3 Bipolarity 6 Frequency signal input Fin Take the pulse signal input by pulse input port Fin as revolution set value 7 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 8 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 9 Virtual analog input SAI 10 Virtual analog inputSAIl2 Note Select revolution setting channels 3 7 upper and lower limiting parameters shall be correctly selected F8 0 01 and F8 0 02 S U Am V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 167 F8 0 01 Minimum set signal corresponding Setting range 0 60 F0 1 21 Factory default 0 revolution pairs of motor poles rpm F8 0 02 Maximum set signal corresponding Setting range 0 60 F0 1 21 Factory default 1500 revolution upper frequency limiting pairs of motor poles rpm This parameter is used to set the relationship curve of set value and corresponding motor revolution when revolution channel is analog input port of this parameter Motor revo
74. parameter is set by FA 1 23 The mapping parameters are determined by FA 1 group of parameters For example in one frame of standard MODBUS protocol data it s impossible to read the status parameters d0 0 02 d0 0 05 d1 0 01 and d1 1 31 and status word once and for all with a common method To map status parameters into the bus controlled parameter area with continuous address set with the following method FA 1 14 d0 02 FA 1 15 d0 05 FA 1 16 d1 01 FA 1 17 d1 31 Then you it just needs to read the data in the continuous address 0x130A 0x130D SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 175 7 36 Communication linkage synchronous control Group FA 2 FA 2 26 Linkage setting proportion coefficient Setting range 0 010 10 000 Factory default 1 000 This parameter can correct the proportion of the set value received from the communication port During linkage control this parameter defines the proportion between the output frequency of the master machine and the slave machine FA 2 27 Fine adjustment source for linkage Setting range 0 3 Factory default 0 proportion coefficient 0 No fine adjustment If the fine adjustment source for linkage proportion coefficient is void then Slave frequency command master frequency command FA 2 26 of the salve machine 1 Analog input Al1 If Al1 is selected for the fine adjustment source for linkage proportion coefficien
75. random repair and modification without permission amp Fault caused by poor preservation Fault caused by improper use of the inverter for unintended purposes Damage to the machine due to fire corrosive salt gas corrosion earthquake storms floods thunder abnormal voltage or other force majeure e The company will provide lifelong paid maintenance services even the warranty period expires SUNFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Decription Of Communication Protocal 197 Chapter 10 Description Of Communication Protocol 10 1 Protocol overview 10 2 Interface and transmission method Terminal 3 Data Transceiving When connected to PC PLC via RS 485 RS4 Terminal communication interface connect to signal Data Transceiving When connected to PC PLC via RS 485 RS i iodi Terminal communication interface connect to signal 10 3 Data structure Modbus protocol is a universal protocol used in the industrial control unit Because this protocol can be conveniently applied it has been considered as the general industry standard and is widely applied to the integrated system of master controllers and slave units By applying this protocol units of various brands can be connected together and functioning as an industrial network Modbus defines 3 types of transmission modes ASCII RTU and TCP A510 Frequency inverter only supports RTU mode V350 utilizes RS485
76. resistance 2100MQ e Reactor noise is less than 70dB test at the point of 1m horizontal distance with reactor Temperature rise is less than 70K O Mechanical parameter amp configuration parameter of AC input reactor Terminal Bore Diameter mm AKSG 10A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 EM AKSG 10A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 Dimensions Mounting Reactor Model Length X Width Dimension X Height mm mm Inverter Power KW AKSG 10A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 AKSG 15A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 AKSG 20A 5V 170 150 135 80 70 AKSG 30A 5V 170 150 135 80 70 AKSG 30A 5V 170 150 135 80 70 AKSG 40A 5V 170 150 135 80 70 lt EN EN AKSG 15A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 AKSG 15A 5V 140 75 145 75 55 NN e EN NN lt SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 11 6 3 AC output reactor Optional Components 217 AC output reactor is mounted at output terminal of inverter to restrain capacitative charging current of connecting cable between inverter and motor voltage built up rate of PWM wave of passivated inverter improve power factor and quality of power grid as well as stabilize waveform L Performance index of AC output reactor O Mechanical parameter amp configuration parameter of AC output reactor e Rated operational voltage 380V 50Hz e Dielectric strength cored winding 3000VAC 50Hz 10mA 608 no flashover breakdown Insulation resistance cored winding 1000VDC insulation resistance 2100MO
77. switch Zero speed F0 4 52 frequency 0 0 100 00Hz 0 1 0 01 detection level Fo 4 53 28 speed 0 0 10 00Sec 0 05 0 01 delay time 0 The inverter will stop in deceleration Emsraencv sta mode according to the emergency F0 4 54 EUR ENS P stop and deceleration time 0 1 1 The inverter will immediately stop in free sliding mode 6 6 Acceleration and deceleration characteristics parameters Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit The unit Acceleration and deceleration mode 0 Liner acceleration and Acceleration and deceleration F4 0 00 deceleration 1 S curve acceleration and 0000 1 characteristics deceleration parameters Tens Unit of acceleration and deceleration time 0 Sec Second 1 Min Minute Time ratio of S curve F1 0 01 acceleration 5 0 100 0 F 1 0 02 15 0 0 1 starting deceleration ending period Time ratio of S curve F1 0 02 acceleration 20 0 100 0 F 1 0 01 70 0 0 1 rising deceleration decreasing period F1 0 03 Acceleration time 1 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 F1 0 04 Deceleration time 1 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Ww 0 01 F1 0 05 Acceleration time 2 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 F1 0 06 Deceleration time 2 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 F1 0 07 Acceleration time 3 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 F1 0 08 Deceleration time 3 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Ww 0 01 F1 0 09 Acceleration 4 jog 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 acceleration time F1
78. the occasion of constant power load and constant torque load excessive low voltage of the power grid will lead to increase of the inverter s input current hence reducing the reliability of inverter operation The set value for this parameter FF 2 35 must be no more than the undervoltage adjustment action level F1 4 45 FF 2 36 Correction coefficient of DC side Setting range 0 950 1 050 Factory default 1 000 voltage detection value When the actual bus of the inverter is deviated from the value of the DC side voltage monitoring parameter d0 0 07 it is applicable to set this parameter combined with the correction of potentiometer in the bus voltage detection circuit 7 41 Special functional parameters FF 3 Group The modification of this group of parameters should be conducted under the guidance of professionals and no modification is needed generally 7 42 Other configuration parameters Group FF 4 FF 4 41 Cooling fan control Setting range 0000 0111 Factory default 0101 The unit Soft start function This function helps effectively reducing the instantaneous power required for starting the fan hence guarantee stable and reliable operation of the switch power supply Tens digit Air volume auto adjustment The revolution of the cooling fan can be automatically adjusted according to the ambient temperature and operation status of the inverter so as to maximize service life of the cooling fan Hundreds
79. the set value is the faster the response of system is but oscillation can be caused when it s too big the smaller the set value is the slower the response is Adjusting only with proportional gain will not eliminate the deviation completely In order to eliminate the remained deviation integral time shall be selected The smaller the integral time is set the faster the response is but oscillation of system can be caused when it s too big or too small without integral control with integral control target value target lue deviation is PID va i feedback a a deviation 0 md feedback feedback control ig gt time time Figure 7 49 Function of Integral Control Differentiator can make response to the change rate of deviation The larger the change is the larger the output gain is that is its gain is in proportion to change rate of deviation But it won t make response to constant deviation When differential coefficient is 0 0 it means the differential function closing the controller Differential function can improve the responsibility of system SUNMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 163 The larger the differential coefficient is set the stronger the differential function is In general system there is no need to introduce differential link Larger differential inertia filtering time can make the differential adjustment more smooth
80. transient forward and backward torque Its set value is the percentage corresponding to rated torque Actual output torque is also limited by adjuster output lower limit amplitude F 1 4 47 and should pick up the lower among the two When running acceleration and deceleration it is mainly limited by electricity limit level SUNMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 171 7 32 Protective parameters Group F8 2 F8 2 32 Excessive action of revolution deviation DEV Setting range 0 3 Factory default 0 F8 2 33 Over speed OS detection action Setting range 0 3 Factory default 1 The parameter is used to set excessive action of revolution deviation DEV and over speed OS detection action 0 No action Inverter keeps on running without reporting any fault or warning message 1 Alarm free stop Inverter immediately blockades output and reports overlarge deviation of rotating speed of Fu 018 DEV Fu 019 over speed fault while electric motor freely coasts to stop 2 Alarm deceleration stop Inverter slows down to stop according to effective time of deceleration and reports overlarge deviation of rotating speed Fu 018 or over speed OS fault Fu 019 3 Alarm continuing running Inverter keeps on running whereas reports overlarge deviation of rotating speed aL 018 or overspeed OS warning aL 019 at the same time F8 2 34 Detected value of excessive Setting ra
81. value 5 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 6 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 Tens Reserved Hundreds Maximum torque selection source 0 Maximum torque set value 1 F8 3 50 1 Maximum torque set value 2 F8 3 51 2 Multifunctional selection terminal setting 1 or 2 3 AI1 set value 4 Al2 set value 5 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 6 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 F8 3 48 Minimum torque limit 1 250 0 0 0 200 0 0 1 F8 3 49 Minimum torque limit 2 250 0 0 0 200 0 0 1 F8 3 50 Maximum torque limit 1 0 0 250 0 200 0 0 1 F8 3 51 Maximum torque limit 2 0 0 250 0 200 0 0 1 F8 3 52 Torque zero offset 25 0 25 0 96 0 0 0 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 75 6 35 MODBUS fieldbus Standard expansion card configuration dea Name Setting Range and Description Du Mi pps 0 The communication card not Communication connected FA 0 00 card connection E standard MODBUS 1 R and bis Status communication card connected 2 listen only status 3 Communication interrupted The unit Baud rate selection 0 1200 kbit s 1 2400 kbit s 2 4800 kbit s 3 9600 kbit s Configuration 4 19200 kbit s 5 38400 kbit s ae oe 6 76800 kbit s 0003 1 Tens Data format 0 1 8 1 N RTU 1 1 8 1
82. voltage input Analog output Models V350 4T0030 2S0022 and below 1 circuit 0 10V analog output signal can be set to 0 20VmA current output mode Models V350 4T0040 and above 2 circuit 0 10V analog output signal can be set to 0 20VmA current output mode Contact output Standard one group of AC 250V 2A normally open and closed contacts extensible to 1 6 groups of normally open and closed contacts SUIFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 8 Product Introduction Control Characteristics Control Mode Closed loop vector control Open loop vector control NIE control Starting torque 0 speed 200 0 speed180 0 speed180 Speed adjusting range 1 1000 1 200 1 100 Steady speed precision 0 02 0 2 0 5 Torque control precision 5 5 Torque response time 5ms 25ms Frequency resolution Low frequency running mode 0 01Hz High frequency running mode 0 1Hz Frequency precision Low frequency running mode digital setting 0 01Hz analog setting maximum frequency x0 1 e High frequency running mode digital setting 0 1Hz analog setting maximum frequency x0 1 Load capacity 110 long term 150 60s 180 2 5s Carrier frequency three phase voltage vector composition mode 1 5 10 0KHz two phase voltage vector composition mode 1 5 12 5KHz Deceleration and acceleration time 0 01
83. wiring of analog input Fu 036 Al input disconnection analog input signal source is signal and the analog input signal Fu 037 Al2 input disconnection inexistent source Fu 038 Al3 input disconnection 2 Parameters related to 2 Modify the configuration disconnection detection are parameters configured improperly 1 The wiring of pulse input signal is disconnected or 2 A 1 Check the wiring of pulse input analog input signal source is M mE signal and analog input signal Fu 039 Fin input is disconnected inexistent Source 2 Parameters related to F 2 Modify the configuration disconnection detection are parameters configured improperly 1 The speed measuring module is incorrectly connected 2 The wiring of speed i 1 Check the connection of speed The revolution detection measuring module is Fu 040 measuring module 2 Seek for manufacturer s support SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures 187 A Fault Display T Possible causes Solutions description The motor fails to be The motor fails to be connected connected when the Fu 041 when the motor parameters are Connect the motor motor parameters i p identified are identified 1 The lead from frequency U phase outputis inverter to motor is disconnected f 2 1 Eliminate peripheral faults disconnected o
84. 0 Chinese 1 English the reserved option for this series of products F0 0 04 LCD display setting H Setting range 0000 0037 Factory default 0023 This function is only effective for the operating panel equipped with LCD The unit Contrast ratio setting range 0 7 Tens Normal display mode 0 Steady mode 1 Single parameter display The LCD panel will only display the status parameters set for F0 0 12 in the normal monitoring mode SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 100 Function Details 2 Dual parameter display The LCD panel will display the status parameters set for F0 0 12 and F0 0 13 in the normal monitoring mode 3 Three parameter display The LCD panel will display the status parameters set for F0 0 12 F0 0 13 and F0 0 14 in the normal monitoring mode F0 0 05 Parameter locking H Setting range 0000 0012 Factory default 0000 F0 0 06 Parameter locking password Setting range 00000 65535 Factory default 0 After the parameter locking is effective during modification of the locked parameter LED panel will display LCD panel will prompt password locked and modification forbidden This function is used to forbid modification of functional parameters by unauthorized personnel The password setting will take effect if OK key is pressed down within 30 seconds If no confirmation OK key is conducted beyond 30 seconds or any other key is pressed down within 30 seconds the
85. 0 Free stop 1 Deceleration stop The unit start mode 0 Normal start 1 Revolution tracking start F0 4 38 oe ds Tens Reserved 0000 1 Hundreds Stop mode 0 Deceleration stop 1 Free stop F0 4 39 Start frequency 0 0Hz 50 00Hz 0 50 0 01 F0 4 40 Start frequency 9 65 49 00Sec 0 0 0 01 holding time Start F0 4 41 pre excitation 0 0 100 0 35 0 0 1 current Start F0 4 42 pre excitation 0 00 10 00Sec 0 10 0 01 time F0 4 43 Start delay 0 00 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 The unit DC band type brake DC band type function effective when running F0 4 44 brake control commands 0000 1 H 0 Closed 1 Open Tens Reserved DC band type FT M Cele 0 0 F0 1 21 2 00 0 01 initial frequency speed Fo 4 46 OC brake action 9 0 10 oosec 0 0 0 01 time DC band type F0 4 47 brake brake 0 0 100 0 50 0 0 1 injection current F0 448 Restart after 0 Forbidden 0 1 power off 1 Effective Restart after power off F0 4 49 Standby time for 0 10 10 00Sec 0 5 0 1 restart after free stop SUNMEAR V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 45 Function r ast Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description A ret Code E 2 P Default Unit Limit FWD and REV F0 4 50 transition dead 0 00 5 00Sec 0 0 0 01 time F0 4 51 FWD and REV 0 Switch at zero point 0 1 switch mode 1 Start frequency
86. 0 0 1 coefficient SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 73 6 33 Protection parameter Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Excessive action of revolution 0 No action Paaa deviation DEV 1 Alarm free stop 7 1 2 Alarm deceleration stop F8 2 33 Over speed OS detection 4 Alarm continuing 1 1 H action running 0 0 50 0 as compared Facey Peieoted valus of excessive o eee ping i 20 0 0 1 revolution deviation DEV frequency Eggs Difection time of excessive o 0100086 10 00 0 01 revolution deviation DEV 0 0 150 0 as compared Fg dd l ere valueiofiover to upper limiting 120 0 0 1 speed OS frequency paa PetSction time of over speed I y daonst 0 10 0 01 OS F8 2 38 SVO 10 10 00 1 00 0 01 gain coefficient 6 34 Torque control jen Name Setting Range and Description Beaty at yid Selection of torque 0 Void 1 EISE F8 3 39 2 Multifunctional terminal selection 0 1 x control mode P effective Function No 34 0 Digital setting F8 3 41 1 Panel shuttle potentiometer setting 2 Analog input Al1 3 Analog input Al2 Selection of torque 4 Analog input AI3 F8 340 command channel 5 Analog input AI3 dual polarity 0 1 selecting the 6 Frequency signal input Fin command direction 7 Process PID output 8 Reserved 0 by default 9 MODBU
87. 0 19 Deceleration 4 jog 0 01 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 deceleration time SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 46 Functional Parameter Table Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F1 0 11 EMS emergency stop 9 51 600 00 Sec Min 0 01 and deceleration time F1 0 12 Reserve 6 7 Carrier frequency Function 1 IN Factory Minimum Change Code Name Setting Range and Description Default Unit He Three phase voltage vector composition mode FF 4 43 0 F1 1 13 Carrier 1 5 10 0KHz frequency Two phase voltage vector composition mode FF 4 43 1 1 5 12 5KHz The unit Load linkage adjustment 0 Void 1 Effective Tens Temperature linkage adjustment 0 Void 1 Effective F1 1 14 Carer Hundreds Reference frequency 2011 1 characteristics i linkage adjustment 0 Void 1 Effective Kilobit Modulation mode 0 Asynchronous modulation 1 Synchronous modulation 2 Sound smooth 6 8 V F parameters and overload protection Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F1245 Motor reference 5 00 300 00Hz 50 0 1000 50 00 0 04 frequency OHz F1 2 16 Motor reference voltage 50 500V 25 250V 380 220 1 F1 2 17 Reserved x F1248 Torque increasing voltage 0 0 20 0 0 1
88. 0 to close this function The larger the value is the slower restraining action is and the wider the biggest adjustment range is SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 152 Function Details F5 3 38 Load dynamic balance function Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 0 F5 3 39 Reference source for dynamic balance load Setting range 0 4 Factory default 0 F5 3 40 Reference value for dynamic balance load Setting range 0 0 200 0 Factory default 100 0 F5 3 41 Dynamic balance adjustment gain 0 0 100 00 Factory default 50 00 F5 3 42 Dynamic balance adjustment limit 0 0 100 00 Factory default 1 00 Load dynamic balance function is used for balancing load with multiple motors linkage or occasions requiring torque motor characteristics of Frequency inverter asynchronous electrical units When this function is valid frequency inverter shall take the input value of dynamic balance load reference source relative value of rated current as reference automatically amend the input of frequency revolving speed integrator adjusting output frequency to balance the load The adjustment to output frequency for dynamic balance function is relatively slow and influenced by selections of acceleration and deceleration time If rapid response of linkage balance operation is required please apply with linkage operation self balancing function referring to instruction of parameters in FA group or applying with
89. 040 and above models 11 5 2 Product introduction The expansion card is designed for electric control systems of veneer peeling lathe and all in one machine and is compatible with V series inverters to realize rotary cut of round timber and veneer cutting and other round timber processing functions 11 5 3 Product function Terminal T Functi ili MA cad Provide 24V 100mA current for external devices common G terminal Power supply reference ground Encoder Encoder A phase differential input 12V 20 B Encoder A phase differential input 12V 20 max input frequency 100KHz Encoder B phase input A phase input max input frequency 100KHz D At 3 digital input DI7 DI11 Digital input input frequency s1KHz digital output High speed programmable OC output E CM DO3 DI7 DI8 DI9 common terminals terminal 11 5 4 Technical data Under the circumstance of sound mechanical features the thickness uniformity deviation of cut full plate veneer is less than 0 05mm Veneer thickness uniformity Veneer tail board The thickness uniformity deviation of last rotary cut part 30mm uniformity is less than 0 10 mm Slitting board ictal The width deviation of middle board is 2mm width Tail board length Deviation 20mm SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Optional Components 215 11 6 AC DC reactor 11 6 1 DC reactor DC reactor is mainly
90. 10V Auxiliary Power current 10mA Supply Provide 24V power supply Output current 100mA A Al Programmable oe Normally open contact 240V AC 2A Relay Output Normally closed contact 240V AC 1A Al1 AI2 AO 10V common terminal Common Terminal Digital input digital output 24V common terminal DIS I1 I2 AO TA TB TC N M SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Optional Components 209 Oo Model IOV A102 Applicable to V350 4T0030 280022 and above models with Class appearance the expansion configuration is as follows 4 channel digital input 1 channel NPN type high speed digital output e 2 channel analog input voltage and current input 1 channel analog output voltage or current output 1 channel 10V 20mA auxiliary power supply 1 channel 24V 100mA auxiliary power supply 1 channel 485 communication interface e T group programmable relay contact output 220VAC 1A Table 11 5 Introduction to OV A102 terminal of I O expansion card Terminal Terminal T Functi Digital Input DI1 DI4 Effective closure with CM terminal input frequency s1KHz Optical coupling isolation NPN type OC output High speed Output frequency s50KHz Digital Output Withstand voltage max 0 24V Sink current capacity 0 50mA Analog Input Input current 0 20mA A Input voltage 0 10V Al Input resistance 250 Q 1 2 Analog Output Output 0 10V 10mA load capacity or 0
91. 20mA B M Auxiliary Power 10V Output current 10mA Power supply for external Supply potentiometer Auxiliary Power 424V Output current 100mA Provide 24V power Supply supply Normally open contact 240V AC 2A Normally closed contact 240V AC 1A Programmable Relay Output ia Communication RS485 communication physical interface R RS Common Al1 Al2 AO 10V common terminal Jermina Digital input digital output 24V common terminal l I A TA T TC S N SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 210 Optional Components O Model IOV A103 Applicable to V350 4T0030 280022 and above models with Class appearance the expansion configuration is as follows e T group 12V power supply load capacity lt 100mA e S channel PG signal single ended input e 4 channel quantity input 1 channel high speed digital input e 2 channel analog input voltage and current input e T group programmable relay contact output 220VAC 1A Table 11 6 Introduction to IOV A103 terminal of I O expansion card Terminal Name DI1 DI4 Terminal Type Digital Input Analog Input Auxiliary Power Supply Single ended Input Programmable Relay Output Common Terminal SUFAR Function Effective closure with CM terminal input frequency s1KHz In addition to DI DI4 function it also serves as high speed pulse input terminal Max input frequency 100Khz Input voltag
92. 52 F0 4 52 Time Figure 7 20 Comparison diagram when with or without zero speed delay SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 117 7 6 Acceleration and deceleration characteristics Group F1 0 F1 0 00 Acceleration and deceleration Setting range 0000 0011 Factory default 0000 characteristics parameters The unit Acceleration and deceleration mode 0 Liner acceleration and deceleration The output frequency of the inverter increases or decreases according to fixed speed The output frequency has liner relationship with the acceleration and deceleration time and steadily increases or decreases according to constant gradient 1 S curve acceleration and deceleration The output frequency of the inverter increases or decreases according to grading speed and the characteristics of S curve is determined by the parameter F1 0 01 and F F1 0 02 This function is mainly to reduce noise and ventilation during acceleration and deceleration and decrease impact of the starting and stop load When the load inertia is excessive leading to overload fault during deceleration it can be improved by adjusting the parameter setting F1 0 01 and F F1 0 02 of S deceleration curve so as to reasonably adjust the deceleration rate at different frequency Tens Unit of acceleration and deceleration time 0 Sec Second The acceleration and deceleration time is in the unit of second and is at
93. 7 Terminal status and variable sse 87 Gounter timer Values i 2 rer reni Preterea ne are ices 88 6 53 Positioning status parametel eee eee eee ee eee eeeeeee taste seee tae seeseeeeeeeeeeeaae 88 Exhibit 1 Comparison table of multifunctional terminal DI EDI SDI functions 90 Exhibit 2 Comparison table of multifunctional output terminal DO EDO SDO 92 Exhibit 8 Monitor variable comparison table sssssssseeeneeeee 93 7 Function Details caiser isane aan aaa aaie asas ss assa snas aaa 95 7 1 System management Group FO 0 sessi 95 7 2 Running command selection Group FO0 1 ssssssssseseeeees 104 7 8 Frequency setup Group FO0 2 sssssssssssseeseeseeenee teet eterna satt tn atn 106 7 4 Control command source Group F0 3 ssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeneennena 109 1 5 Startand stop Group FOA shunt er ee dei e center tei 111 7 6 Acceleration and deceleration characteristics Group F1 0 117 7 7 Carrier frequency Group F1 1 essent then 119 7 8 V F parameters and overload protection Group F 1 2 eee 120 7 9 Steady running Group F1 4 esses eteete enne tn nate tn atta 122 7 10 Motor parameters Group F2 0 ssssssssssssessseseeeneeeneereneennennena 125 7 11 Parameter measurement and pre excitation Gro
94. 7 2 sse 165 7 30 Revolution setting and feedback Group F8 0 sss 166 7 31 Revolution closed loop parameter Group F8 1 eee eee eee ee ce ee eee eeee 169 7 32 Protective parameters Group F8 2 0 ee eee eee teases ee eee seeeeae teen eeeeee 171 7 33 Torque control Group F8 3 sse nnne 172 7 34 MODBUS fieldbus Group FA 0 cececeeseseseseeseeeseseeeeeeseeeeecseeeseseaeteeeeeaeereeeaes 173 7 35 Mapping parameter access Group FA 1 sssssssssseeeeees 173 7 36 Communication linkage synchronous control Group FA 2 175 7 87 Zero speed torque and position control Fb 2 group esesss 176 7 88 Virtual input and output group FF 0 essssssssseseeeneeneeee nennen 177 7 39 Protecting function configuration parameters FF 1 group 178 7 40 Correction parameters FF 2 group ssssssssesseseseneeeneneeeennennena 178 7 41 Special functional parameters FF 3 Group sessssseeee 180 7 42 Other configuration parameters Group FF 4 sss 180 8 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures senses 182 8 1 Alarm display and troubleshooting essseseeeeneeeeennn 182 8 2 Warning display and troubleshooting essen 189 9 Care And M
95. 80 290 305 179 M5 V350 4T0150 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 17 Chapter 4 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 4 1 Wiring precautions e Make sure intermediate circuit breaker is connected between the frequency inverter and power supply to avoid expanded accident when the frequency inverter is faulty In order to reduce electromagnetic interference please connect surge absorber on the coil of electromagnetic contactor relay and etc in the surrounding circuit of the frequency inverter Please use shielded wire of above 0 3mm for the wiring of such analog signals as frequency setting terminal and instrument loop etc The shielding layer shall be connected on the grounding terminal of the frequency inverter keep the shielding layer earthed at single end with wiring length less than 30m The stranded wire or shielded wire of above 0 75mmv shall be selected for the wiring of input and output loop of relay The control wire shall be separated from the power line of major loop it shall be at a distance of above 10cm for parallel wiring and vertical for cross wiring All the leading wires shall be completely fastened with the terminal to ensure good contact The leading wires of major loop shall be adopted cables or copper bar When using cables wiring must not be carried out until they are cold pressed or welded well by lug plate with corresponding section
96. 9 can not be recovered during operation The connection between expanded aL 061 communication module and master control board is interrupted abnormally 1 The expansion unit selected is inappropriate and can not be used with The function expansion unit 1 has a aL 062 Such type of frequency inverter hardware conflict p 2 The function expansion unit has a internal fault SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures 191 Can be Display Warnings shielded Solutions other than shielding or not 1 The expansion unit selected is i inappropriate and can not be used with The function expansion unit 2 has a aL 063 such type of frequency inverter hardware conflict 2 The function expansion unit has a internal fault ees The function expansion unit has a This expansion unit can not be used aL resource conflict with other expansion units Fail to establish communications with aL 065 i function expansion unit 1 Fail to establish communications with aL 066 function expansion unit 2 The communication links of function aL 067 expansion unit 1 is interrupted abnormally The communication links of function aL 068 expansion unit 2 is interrupted abnormally The parameter download is failed note download is from operation Check whether the communication aL 071 panel to control panel of frequency interfac
97. And Countermeasures 185 Fault 3 Display Hor Possible causes Solutions description External equipment is The external equipment of the Check signal source and relevant Fu 017 faulty or the panel has frequency inverter is faulty the equipment and find the root leading forced stoppage input terminal has signal input to the stoppage of the panel 1 Reduce load 1 The load is too large KH 2 Prolong acceleration and 2 The acceleration time is too MSN n deceleration time Excessive protection short i AA f 3 Confirm the mechanical system Fu 018 of revolution deviation 3 The load is locked of the load DEV 4 The detection value F8 2 34 A 4 Reset the detection value and time F8 2 35 for DEV is set b F8 2 34 and time F8 2 35 for improperly DEV 1 Overshoot or undershoot 1 Adjust the gain 2 The frequency is too high 2 Adjust the set value of frequency Fu 019 Over speed fault OS 3 The overspeed detection value 3 Reset the set value of the F8 2 36 and the overspeed detection value F8 2 36 and time time F8 2 37 is set improperly F8 2 37 of OS 1 Change the connection order of A B pulse or The A phase and B phase pulses Reverse connection of i 2 Modify the setting of parameter Fu 020 on PG card are connected in A B pulse F8 0 06 or wrong sequence 3 Adjust phase sequence of output U V W The main loop The main
98. DI for functions corresponding to the set value SUNFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 178 Function Details FF 0 17 Virtual output input connection Setting range 0000 1111 Factory default 0000 polarity H FF 0 18 Virtual output input connection Setting range 0000 1111 Factory default 0000 polarity H The parameters are used to set the connection logic status of the virtual output nodes SDO1 SDO8 and virtual input nodes SDI1 SDI8 When it is set to be reverse polarity connection the virtual output signal will be negated before being inputted to the virtual input port as shown in Figure 7 59 FF0 01 FF0 08 FF0 17 FF0 18 FF0 09 FF0 16 i Ec mai Figure 7 59 Block Diagram of Virtual Output Input 7 39 Protecting function configuration parameters FF 1 group This group of parameters is used to define if the protecting function needs to be activated or not Generally no modification is required 7 40 Correction parameters FF 2 group FF 2 25 Al1 Zero offset adjustment Setting range 0 500 0 500V Factory default 0 0 FF 2 26 Al1 gain correction Setting range 0 950 1 050 Factory default 1 000 This group of parameters is sued to make fine adjustment to Al1 zero point and AI The relationship before and after adjustment AN input value AH gain correction Al1 value before adjustment Al1 zero offset The correction principle for each analog input output po
99. Energy consumption braking resistor Category II main loop terminal Applicable model V350 2S0015 V350 2S0022 Single phase mains input Energy consumption braking resistor Category IIl main loop terminal Applicable model V350 4T0011 V350 4T0015 Ground Three phase power supply SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 24 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter Energy consumption braking resistor Category IV main loop terminal Applicable model V350 4T0022 V350 4T0030 o o o Ground E Three phase power supply R S T P4 E U V W PB Energy consumption braking resistor PB E Category V main loop terminal Applicable model V350 4T0040 V350 4T0055 Ground Three phase power supply Energy consumption braking resistor 1 i Category VI main loop terminal ololmoooelolel el Ground Three phase power supply Applicable model V350 4T0075 V350 4T0150 SUMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 25 4 5 Wiring for basic operation of inverters E v T w I E Groundin m H o BH TA 1 2 bla T8 4 o DI3 Te Programmable output f o DI4 Qux DI5 P Connected P o to braking zi DI6 resistor PBe o CM Loe 24Vc Auxiliary power supply V350 eu as VS 308 an AO1 A Volt gauge 0
100. F3 3 50 DU SSSSIgnien 0 0 F3 3 51 0 0 0 1 lower limit DO3 Fout assi t F3 3 51 dese F3 3 50 100 0 96 100 0 0 1 upper limit SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 53 6 16 Analog input Function Name Setting Range Factory Minimum Change Code and Description Default Unit Limit F4 0 00 Analog input Al1 min 0 10V 0 00 F4 0 01 0 0 0 01 F4 0 01 Analog input Al1 max 0 10V F4 0 00 10 00V 10 00 0 01 F4 0 02 Analog input AI2 min 4 20mA 0 00 F 4 0 03 4 00 0 01 F4 0 03 Analog input Al2 max 4 20mA F4 0 02 20 00mA 20 00 0 01 Analog input AI3 min 10V F4 0 04 10 00 F4 0 05 0 00 0 01 10V standard expansion card Analog input AI3 max 10V 40 09 10V standard expansion card 0 05110 00 V 10 00 mE F4 0 06 Analog input AI1 filtering time 4 1000ms 40 1 coefficient F4 0 07 Analog input AI2 filtering time 1 1000ms 40 1 coefficient Analog input AI3 filtering time F4 0 08 coefficient standard expansion 1 1000ms 10 1 card 6 17 Analog input curve correction Function Name Setting Range Factory Minimum Change Code and Description Default Unit Limit F4 109 Analog input Alt curve correction E o og 1F4 0 01 0 0 0 01 point 1 Analog input AI1 ti Fa140 P899 Input At curve correction E4 0 00 F4 0 01 0 0 0 01 value 1 Analog input AI1 ti F4 4 11 0209 PUAN
101. I1 12 Virtual analog input SAI2 F8 3 41 Torque digital setting Setting range 250 250 Factory default 0 0 Its set value the setting with symbols direction is corresponding to the percentage of rated torque actual given direction of torque is Exclusive OR of control command direction and set value direction S U Am V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 173 7 34 MODBUS fieldbus Standard expansion card configuration Group FA 0 FA 0 02 Local station address Setting range 0 247 Factory default 1 This parameter is used to set the address of the local inverter in the case of serial port commu nication It is only effective when the inverter is a slave one During communication the local device only receives commands for the data frames consistent with the address of this device and then sends back response frames 0 is the broadcasting address When it is set to the broadcasting address the ep device will only receive and execute broadcasting commands of the master device and will not respond to the master device FA 0 03 Local inverter response delay Setting range 0 1000mS Factory default 5 mS The response delay of the inverter refers to the waiting time since the inverter serial port has received and explained the command sent from the slave device till the response frames are sent FA 0 04 Communication failure judging time Setting range 0 01 10 00Sec
102. Je twice Main display d0 0 00 Monitoring code Select d Query for status iid g eer en status parameters Auxiliary display 50 00 Output frequency parameters Return normal v control ESC C c S Main display d0 0 04 Function code gf Query for status Parameters Auxiliary display 380 Output voltage v Return Confirm query for status the __ ese OK parameters last level v Main display 380 Output voltage Parameter inquiry Auxiliary display 2 3 Output current Esc move MODE ESC Enter into parameter modification mode Parameter modification Main display F0 0 01 Function code refer to the next section mode Auxiliary display 2 3 Parameter data Figure 5 2 Query for status parameters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 32 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 2 Parameter query and modification e g Main display 50 00 Output frequency 9M Normal monitoring Auxiliary display 2 3 Output current Modification query for backup v v parameters ESC MODE MODE Click once y v Note The function code character F Main display F0 0 00 Function code will flicker when modifying querying backup parameters Parameter inquiry Auxiliary display 0000 Parameter data Select queried modified Abandon v v parameter ite
103. L 032 phases install ACR and reduce three phase input voltage shielded imbalance rate among phases SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 190 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures Can be Display Warnings shielded Solutions other than shielding or not 1 Check the connection of analog aL 036 Al1 input is disconnected Canbe input signal aL 037 Al2 input is disconnected shielded 2 Check whether there re signals in aL 038 AI3 input is disconnected i the signal source aL 039 HX s Fin input is disconnected retained 1 Check the connection of speed The revolution detecting loop is aL 040 measuring module disconnected 2 Seek for manufacturer s support No load operation fails to identify the aL 041 parameters of motor The parameters of U phase of motor is abnormal aL 042 ae T The parameters of V phase of motor is Check whether the winding of motor is aL 04 abnormal faulty aL 044 The parameters of W phase of motor is abnormal Select special motor for frequency aL 045 Over temperature of motor conversion for long term low speed operation The driving circuit is abnormal and aL 049 unbalanced The temperature sensor is faulty Can be aL 054 Replace the temperature sensor shielded The parameters can not be recovered in aL 058 i batch during operation The numerical value when energized aL 05
104. O 10V common terminal Common Terminal CM Digital input digital output 24V common terminal SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 208 Optional Components o Model IOV A101 Applicable to V350 4T0030 2S0022 and above models with Class appearance the expansion configuration of standard I O expansion card is as follows e 4 channel digital input 1 channel high speed digital input 1 channel high speed NPN type digital output e 2 channel providing analog input voltage and current input 1 channel analog output voltage or current output 1 channel 10V 20mA auxiliary power supply 1 channel 24V 100mA auxiliary power supply e 1 group programmable relay contact output 220VAC 1A Table 11 4 Introduction to IOV A01 terminal of I O expansion card Terminal Terminal T Functi erminal Type NEL unction DI DI4 Effective closure with CM terminal input frequency s1KHz Digital Input In addition to DI DI4 function it also serves as high speed pulse input terminal Max input frequency lt 100Khz Optical coupling isolation NPN type OC output High speed Digital Output frequency lt 50KHz Output Withstand voltage max 0 24V Sink current capacity 0 50mA Input voltage 0 10V Input impedance 2100K Q Analog Input Input current 0 20mA Input resistance 250 Q Analog Output o Output 0 10V 10mA load capacity or 0 20mA Power supply for external potentiometer Output
105. Optional Components 11 1 I O expansion card introduction Oo Model IOV D104 PN 050M008003000 Applicable to V350 4T0040 and above models with Class Il appearance the expansion configuration of standard I O expansion card is as follows 1 channel 485 communication interface e Providing 10V auxiliary power supply 3 channel digital input DI 1 channel high speed programmable pulse input e 1 channel analog voltage 10V 10V input 1 group programmable relay contact output Table 11 1 Introduction to terminals of I O expansion card Communication RS RS RS485 communication physical interface The Interface details refer to FA parameter ili i Auxiliary Power 410V 10V Provide 10V max 1 OmA power supply for Supply external devices Analog voltage input 10V 10 input Analog Input impedance2100MQ the details refer to F4 parameter Effective closure with CM terminal input DI7 DI8 frequency 1KHz The details refer to F3 parameter Digital Input High speed programmable pulse input and effective closure with CM terminal frequency 100KHz The details refer to F3 parameter High speed programmable OC output output Digital Output frequency 100KHz the details refer to F3 parameter TA1 TB1 normally closed contact TA1 TC1 normally open contact Contact capacity AC 250V 1A Programmable Relay Output Common 10V AI3 common terminals Termina oom DO3 DI7 DI8 DI9 common terminals SUFAR V350 Low Pow
106. PLC PIDST7 100 __ Setting F7 0 4 F7 0 5 L Icombination I F7 0 01 0 F7 0 6 F7 0 7 Multi stage PID setting F7 1 27 F7 1 33 Figure 7 46 Schematic Block of Process PID Control F7 2 34 F7 2 38 F7 0 17 ES Sleep Frequency me function 9 or o F0 1 21 setting O FO 1 21 Upper limiting Pv frequency Torque settin 69 gt gt MUX 4 B D 1 T Independent Deviation PID M polarity Output polarity AO output g F7 0 21 Unit F7 0 21 Tens F7 0 00 race Controller output F7 0 19 F7 0 20 Process PID feedback channel IAR L Feedback A 1 H X Feedback K combination T T F7 0 10 F7 0 16 LATI Feedback L AD F7 0 09 1 i 0 LE F7 0 14 F7 0 15 T F7 0 11 Function Details 161 7 27 Process PID 4ms control cycle Group F7 0 F7 0 04 Analog input quantity Setting range 0 0V F7 0 05 Factory default 0 0 corresponding to 0 setting Channel 1 AI2 0 0mA F7 0 05 F7 0 05 Analog input quantity Setting range F7 0 04 10 00 Factory default 10 00 corresponding to 100 setting Channel 1 AI2 F7 0 04 20 00mA F7 0 06 Analog input quantity Setting range 0 0V F7 0 07 Factory default 0 0 corresponding to 0 setting Channel 2 AI2 0 0mA F7 0 07 F7 0 07 Analog input qua
107. Preface Thanks for choosing V350 series low power closed loop vector inverter produced by Shenzhen Sunfar Electric Technologies Co Ltd This Manual is the operating manual for V350 series closed loop vector frequency inverter It provides all relevant instructions and precautions for installation wiring functional parameters daily care and maintenance fault diagnosis and troubleshooting of V350 series inverters In order to use this series of inverters correctly guarantee product s best performance and ensure safety of users and equipment be sure to read this manual carefully before using V350 series inverters Improper use may cause abnormity and malfunction of the inverter reduce its service life and even damage equipments and lead to personal injury and death etc This user manual is delivered with the device Please keep it properly for future overhaul and maintenance Owing to constant improvement of products all data may be changed without further notice SUNAR SHENZHEN SUNFAR ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGIES CO Ltd V350 series low power closed loop vector inverter User Manual Version V1 0 Revision Date September 2013 Contents 1 Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions eese 1 1 1 Product confirmation cate sei tc et Ree e de ee teret 1 1 1 1 Precautions of unpacking inspection 1 1 2 cSafety precautioris ras decenter decet ence a Gt ede ceste 2 13241 Installatio
108. S Fieldbus set value 1 10 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 11 Virtual analog input SAI1 12 Virtual mode input SAI2 F8 3 41 Torque digital setting 250 0 250 0 96 0 0 0 1 F8 3 42 Torque value rising time o 4 co aoosec 0 01 0 relative to rated torque Torque value decreasing F8 3 43 time relative to rated 0 0 50 000Sec 0 01 0 torque SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 74 Functional Parameter Table Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Minimum Default Unit Change Limit F8 3 44 Revolution limiting setting H The unit FWD revolution frequency limiting setting Source 0 Setting of FWD revolution limiting value F8 3 45 1 Determination of frequency Setting channel 1 F0 2 25 Tens Reserved Hundreds REV revolution frequency limiting setting source 0 Setting of REV revolution limiting value F8 3 46 1 Reserved 0000 1 F8 3 45 FWD revolution limiting value 0 60 F0 1 21 pairs of motor poles rpm 1500 1 F8 3 46 REV revolution limiting value 0 60 F0 1 21 pairs of motor poles rpm 1500 1 F8 3 47 Setting of torque set value limit H The unit Minimum torque selection source negative torque limit 0 Minimum torque set value 1 F8 3 48 1 Minimum torque set value 2 F8 3 49 2 Multifunctional selection terminal setting 1 or 2 3 AI1 set value 4 Al2 set
109. Tens output signal 2 The same as above Hundreds Reserved Kilobit Reserved 0000 1 0000 6 24 Auxiliary functions Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit Priority selection of F5 3 28 command source H frequency revolution The unit 1st priority highest 0 No definition 1 Process PID output 2 Reserved 3 Swing frequency running command 4 Automatic multi stage frequency running command 5 Multi stage operating frequency selected by external terminals 6 Revolution setting channel F8 0 00 T Frequency setting channel F0 2 25 Tens 2nd priority The same as above Hundreds 3rd priority The same as above Kilobit 4th priority The same as above 0000 Lower limiting frequency action mode F5 3 29 0 Output 0 frequency when it is below the lower limiting frequency 1 Output the lower limiting frequency when it is below the lower limiting frequency SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 61 und Name Setting Range and Description Eod ped pons Automatic voltage 0 Closed F5 3 30 regulation effective in 1 Effective 0 1 VVV control mode 2 Deceleration process void Automatic energy saving Ag F5 3 31 operation effective O volg 0 1 1
110. When the button locking function is set by this parameter the locking will not take effective unless ESC button is pressed to back to the normal monitoring mode See 5 2 Basic Function and Operating Methods of Control Panel for details Tens Function of STOP key 0 The modes other than the panel control are void Only when the running command channel is the operating panel is it effective to press down the STOP key 1 Press STOP key in any control mode for deceleration stop No matter the running command preset channel is the operating panel external terminals or the communication port when STOP key is pressed the inverter will control the motor to achieve deceleration stop according to the current effective deceleration time The priority of this stop mode is higher than that of parameter F0 4 38 2 Press STOP key in any control mode for free stop No matter the running command preset channel is the operating panel external terminals or the communication port when STOP key is pressed the inverter will stop output and the motor stop in free sliding mode The priority of this stop mode is higher than that of parameter F0 4 38 Hundreds Function of PANEL REMOTE keys 0 Void The running command channel cannot be switched with PANEL REMOTE key 1 Effective at stop PANEL REMOTE key is effective at the stop status but it is void to switch the running command channel with this key when the device is running 2 Con
111. above reasons it is suggested to appropriately decrease the carrier frequency to improve thermal characteristics of the inverter F1 1 14 Carrier characteristics Setting range 0000 2111 Factory default 2011 This parameter is used to set some characteristics relevant with the carrier binary system setting and usually needs not be modified The unit Load linkage adjustment When this function is effective if the load current is excessive the carrier frequency will be automatically decreased in order to ensure safe running of the inverter Tens Temperature linkage adjustment When this function is effective the inverter will automatically decrease the carrier frequency if the ambient temperature is too high Hundreds Reference frequency linkage adjustment The inverter will appropriately decrease the carrier frequency if the output frequency is too low Kilobit Modulation mode 0 Asynchronous modulation It is application to most applications with the output below 300HZ 1 Synchronous modulation The carrier frequency and base frequency keep constant ratio and it is suitable to use this mode in high frequency operation mode so as to promote high frequency operation stability 2 5 Noise smoothing When this function is effective the inverter will automatically adjust carrier frequency to smooth audio noise SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 120 Function Details 7 8 VIF parameters an
112. actory default 740 F1 4 44 Overvoltage adjusting gain Setting range 0 10 10 00 Factory default 1 00 When the motor is dragging overvoltage or in process of deceleration stop with large inertia it may access into recycle braking state causing rapid rise of direct current bus voltage of frequency inverter leading to overvoltage protection action When frequency inverter detects the direct current bus voltage exceeds F1 4 43 it will adjust output frequency extended deceleration time or increase frequency to ensure continually safe running Frequency incase Frequency F1 4 20 Frequency 4 i Extension of i deceleration time i x Volta it the DC sid i Ti i T oltage at tne side ime Voltage at the DC side Time F1 4 43 j IFtA43 Time Time Figure 7 27 A Overvoltage Suppression Figure 7 27 B Overvoltage Suppression during Steady Running during Deceleration Process ep The larger the overvoltage adjusting gain is the more obvious the suppression is but it may lead to unsteady running F1 4 45 Action level of the undervoltage adjustor Setting range FF 2 35 480V Factory default 400V F1 4 46 Undervoltage adjusting gain Setting range 0 10 10 00 Factory default 1 00 When frequency inverter detects the direct current bus voltage is below F1 4 45 it may lower output frequency automatically accessing into recycle braki
113. age of cooling fin If necessary to operate in such environment please install in the control cabinet which can keep tattered cotton yarn out If necessary to install at the place with more than 1000m height above sea level please derate operation See 2 4 product technical indexes and specifications for details SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 3 2 Size and assembly of operation panel Installation Of Frequency Inverter 13 The operating panel name mode code and applicable device models of V350 series inverters are shown in Table 3 1 Name Two line LED small panel Two line LED standard operating panel Model DPNL350EM DPNL360EB Code 050M007033701 050M007360004 EE V350 4T0030 280022 and below models V350 4T0040 and above models i LED main display LCD display area wi indi m LED auxiliary LCD display area LED main display Unit combination display LED auxiliary display indicator Unit combination indicator lo Shuttle key Appearance Disassembling Functional combination indicator Function operatina area Put fingers on tl the panel and tl he slot at front part of hen simply raise the panel After aligning the panel with the panel slot press down the panel evenly Clasp Function Functional combination operating area ind
114. ailed functions X indicates that this bit can be any value in the allowed range 10 5 Brief introduction of functions The Modbus functional codes supported by V350 are listed below Code Description of Functions Function Hexadecimal Read coil status by bit Each bit for the Read coil status control word is mapped to coil 1715 respectively i Read discrete input status Each bit for the Read discrete input status word is mapped to coil 1 15 status respectively Read multiple hold registers It can read all Read multiple hold the application parameters status registers parameters control words status words and set values of A510 Read multiple input Read multiple input registers The address registers for analog input register starts from 0x1200 Perform writing action for a single output bit Enforce single coil Each bit for the control word is mapped to coil 1 16 respectively Perform writing action for a single hold Write to a single hold register All the parameters control words register status words and set values of A510 are mapped to the hold register Query for the anomaly status information In Query for the A510 the fault information of the frequency anomaly status inverter can be queried SUNFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Decription Of Communication Protocal 199 y Code Description of Functions Function Hexadecimal
115. ain HHDD directly hexadecimal format and the access address for F2 0 33 is OXF233H Below attached is the table for respective conversion of access addresses Parameter identifier RAM Access Address ROM Access Address F0 4 00 F0 55 OxF000 0xF055 OxE000 0xE055 F9 00 F9 55 OxF900 0xF955 OxE900 0xE955 FA 00 FA 55 OxFA00 0xFA55 OxEA00 0xEA55 FF 00 FF 55 OxFFO0 OxFF55 OxEF00 OxEF55 dE 00 dE 55 read only 0xDE00 0xDE55 0xBE00 0xBE55 CF 00 CF 55 restricted 0xCF00 0xCF55 0xBF00 0xBF55 Status parameter address read only The address conversion method for status parameter is similar to that for application parameter However there is no ROM access address Parameter Identifier RAM Access Address d0 00 d0 55 0xD000 0xD055 d1 00 d1 55 0xD100 0xD155 SUIMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Decription Of Communication Protocal 203 Bus Controlling Parameter Address 1300H 1400H Register Name Value Range Access Address Control word s 0 OxFFFF 0x1300 mapping coils 0 15 Modbus set value 1 5 10000 10000 0x1301 Relative Value Modbus set value 2 30000 30000 0x1302 Absolute Value Mapping application PPE JR S F0 00 FF 55 0x1303 parameter 1 Mapping application PRA An F0 00 FF 55 0x1304 parameter 2 Mapping applicati PEU F0 00 FF 55 0x1305 parameter 3 Mapping applicati m F0 00 FF 55 0x1306 parameter 4 Mapping application il
116. aintenance s esseseeieeeees esee eee nesnnna tna tna teas atta tna tn aate taa sn asas aaa sna aaa 193 9 1 Routine care and maintenance sssssssssssesseeeneenet tentat ttn ntnna nean 193 9 2 Inspection and displacement of the vulnerable components 194 9 2 1 Filt r capacitor eee den 194 9 2 2 COOMNG Tan ce terere dte d esee av de epu ca dada 194 9 3 e Storag Onestea aaen EE E a o recede ei LUE 195 9 4 Wartatlly c Seren E E Re eM A 196 10 Description Of Communication Protocol esses eene 197 10 1 Protocol overview cce eds 197 10 2 Interface and transmission method 197 10 34 Data str C Ure 3e screened Cole METH E A Mie TH dai De 197 10 4 Parameter configuration for frequency inverters sesssessss 198 10 5 Brief introduction of functions 198 10 6 Access address summary ssssssssssssssseseeeee inneren nnns itte tn nnns taa 199 10 7 Detailed modbus address finding distribution sess 200 11 Optional Components eese sees ees ens nnns tn sans att attain ains assa snas aaa sa a taa tiaau 206 11 1 I O expansion card introduction 206 11 2 PG expansion card introduction sesenta 211 11 5 Brief introduction to operation panel senes 212 11 3 1 Outside view of operation panel
117. al input Fin 7 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 8 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 9 Virtual analog input SAI1 10 Virtual mode input SAI2 Mini t signal A Md 0 60 F0 1 21 pairs of motor F8 0 01 corresponding oles rpm 0 1 revolution P P Maximum set signal F8 0 02 corresponding 0 60 F0 1 21 pairs of motor 4500 4 revolution limited poles rpm upper limit frequency Revolution Digital 0 60 F0 1 21 pairs of mot F8 0 03 setting limited upper Pane Si TAGE 0 1 a poles rpm limit frequency 0 Decoder PG card needs to be equipped F8 0 04 Revolution feedback 1 Single pulse input Fin port 0 4 channel 2 Analog input AI1 3 Analog input AI2 4 Analog input AI3 dual polarity P rgo Pulse of decoder per 190 1024 1 x revolution PG 5 EE F8 0 06 G rotation direction 0 PhaseA is leading 0 1 n Effective for PG card 1 Phase B is leading 5 7 F8 0 07 G zero pulse Z 0 Void 0 4 2 pulse 1 Effective 0 ABZ incremental decoder 1 ABZUVW incremental type 8 0 08 Decoder type 2 SINCOS 0 1 x 3 Rotary transformer The Unit PG revolution check cycle 1 5ms iid Pea e m eie mot 3 y Hundreds Revolution closed loop control cycle 0 25ms 1 8 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 71 Function xm Factory Minimum Change Name Setting Range and Description t pee Code 2
118. alog input quantity quantity Figure 7 47 Sketch of Definition Of Set Value of Figure 7 48 Sketch of Corresponding Relationship of Process PID Feedback Value of Process PID SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 162 Function Details F7 0 16 Feedback multiplication factor e g Setting range 0 01 100 00 Factory default 1 00 flow calculation with differential pressure This function is mainly applied in occasions of flow calculation with differential pressure When the feedback value is not in accordance with the given value of process PID while there is a certain linear relation this group of parameters can be selected to make it accordant of the meaning expressed by feedback value and given value of process PID For example if the given value of process PID means flow of the pipe feedback value of process PID means flow rate of the pipe supposing the set value of this parameter means cross sectional area of the pipe then the given value and feedback value of process PID shall be in accordance F7 0 17 Proportional gain Setting range 0 0 100 00 Factory default 2 00 F7 0 18 Integral time Setting range 0 0 0 1 1000 0Sec Factory default 20 0 F7 0 19 Differential coefficient Setting range 0 0 0 01 10 00 Factory default 0 0 F7 0 20 Differential inertia filtering time Setting range 0 01 100 00 Sec Factory default 10 00 Proportional gain defines the magnification of deviation The bigger
119. alue 6 44 Special functional parameters Function WEE Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit The unit Constant torque area torque limitation 0 Only limited by torque limiting parameter including Revolution PID output limit 1 Also limited by acceleration and deceleration current level Setting of torque ultimate and maximum permitted FF 3 37 0101 1 limiting mode H current Tens Reserved Hundreds Constant power area torque limitation 0 Treated the same as the constant torque area 1 Simultaneously adjusted as per constant power algorithm Pesce ee 0 10 10 00 1 00 0 01 proportional gain C t closed I FFa35 e eese 0p 0 10 10 00 Sec 1 00 0 01 integration time constant FF 3 40 Ie leakage inductance 40 10 00 1 00 0 01 compensation coefficient SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 82 Functional Parameter Table 6 45 Other configuration parameters Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit FF 4 41 Cooling fan control H The unit Soft start function effective for model 4T0370 and below 0 No action 1 Act Tens Air volume auto adjustment effective for model 4T0370 and below 0 No action 1 Act Hundreds Start time 0 Start immediately after power on 1 Start after running Kilobit Reserved 0101
120. ameter F0 4 45 the inverter will stop DC power supply and restore to the normal running status If it is started the permission signal will be disconnected and the DC band type brake will be void Reference value F0 4 45 Time Motor revolution DC band type brake Time Figure 7 16 DC Band Type Brake Sketch Injecting current to the moor may lead over temperature of the motor In the circumstances where long time DC band type brake is needed forced air cooling motor should be used During the long time of band type braking if there is con stant load in the motor band type brake DC band type brake will not guarantee that the motor shaft will not rotate F0 4 45 DC band type brake brake Setting range 0 0 F0 1 21 Factory default 2 00 initial frequency speed In the deceleration and stop process of the inverter when the output frequency is lower than the DC band type brake brake start frequency speed the DC band type brake brake function will be started SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 115 F0 4 46 DC brake action time Setting range 0 0 10 00Sec Factory default 0 0 F0 4 47 DC band type brake brake Setting range 0 0 100 Factory default 50 0 injection current The DC brake time is the duration of the output DC braking current If it is selected that the external terminal stop DC braking is effective the parameter of DC
121. ameter should be set as following 1 Proportional gain P As value is bigger the response id faster however the stability of system is worse and overlarge gain can lead to revolution shock 2 Integral time coefficient I As value is greater the response id faster and the revolution over adjusting is greater while the stability is worse In general the parameters are direct proportional to system inertia When inertia is great the parameter also set with great value 3 Differential coefficient D it is the reverse to differential time constant there is no need in general system and it should be set to be zero Differential adjusting in reality is a kind of trend forecasting adjustment the parameter set is bigger the differential function is stronger Proper differential set can fast the response speed improve the stability and it is used to the system with requirements of less inertia and fast response 4 Differential output filtering time constant DT Differential output to the adjuster for a stage of inertia filtering time constant is generally set direct proportion to system inertia F8 1 29 Adjustor output upper limit Setting range 0 0 250 0 Factory default 200 0 amplitude transient positive torque limit F8 1 30 Adjuster output lower limit Setting range 250 0 0 0 Factory default 200 0 amplitude transient negative torque limit The parameter is applied to set adjuster output amplitude and limit system s
122. an be F7 0 21 characteristics reversed 0000 1 configuration H Hundreds Action selection after the controller conditions is canceled 0 PID control closed automatically switch to next level of priority setting 1 PID output held up and current setting status is maintained Permitted static F7 0 22 deviation relative 0 0 20 0 5 0 0 1 100 setting PID output preset at the time of output F7 0 23 fequency as 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 01 compared to the upper limiting frequency F7 0 24 Presetholdtime 9 0 3600 0Sec 0 0 0 1 before PID starting SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 69 Function 1 m Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code zu seuipg rangs andiDeseriptie Default Unit Limit Actual sensor value F7 0 25 ange 0 01 100 00 1 00 0 01 corresponding to 100 feedback Actual sensor value F7 0 26 corresponding to 0 100 00 100 00 0 0 0 01 feedback 6 29 Process PID multi stage setting Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit F7 1 27 Process PID multi stage preset 1 100 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 F7 1 28 Process PID multi stage preset 2 100 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 F7 1 29 Process PID multi stage preset 3 100 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 F7 1 30 Process PID multi stage preset 4 100
123. atable SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Figure 7 1 Wiring Diagram for Panel Operation Digital Shuttle Setting Figure 7 2 A Two Line Control 1 A11 Setting Wiring Diagram Figure 7 2 B Two Line Control 2 AI1 Setting Wiring Diagram Figure 7 3 Three Line Control 1 Al1 Setting Wiring Diagram Figure 7 4 Driven by machine tool spindle Al1 preset wiring diagram SUFAR Function Details 97 Fault reset input RESET CM Digital input public address Al1 Input frequency give GND Analog input address 10V Reference voltage 10 VDC max 10mA DI3 Forward FWD running command DI4 Reverse REV running command DI5 Fault resetting input RESET CM Digit input public address Input frequency given 0 10V 1 10KQ Analog input address Reference voltage 10 VDC max 10mA Running command Switch disengaged FWD command Switch enaaaed REV command Fault resetting input RESET Digit input public address Input frequency given 0 10V Analog input address Reverse REV running command pulse DI4 DI5 Fault resetting input RESET M Digit input public address Input frequency given 0 10V Analog input address Reference voltage 10 VDC max 10mA Shift to electric drive Forward FWD running command Reverse REV running
124. aximum accumulative length value Factory default 50000 10m 50000m Setting range F3 2 43 Maximum liner speed Factory default 10 00m s 0 01 500 00m sec To limit the maximum accumulative length and maximum liner speed The terminal signal can be input when it reaches or exceed the maximum value F3 2 44 Current accumulative length value Setting range 0 50000m Factory default F3 2 45 Current liner speed Setting range 0 0 500 00m sec Factory default Parameters in read only state are used to display calculated results of current length and linear speed 7 15 Pulse output this group of parameters will effective when expansion I O board is configured and DOS selects frequency output function Group F3 3 F3 3 46 Type of output pulse signal DO3 Fout Setting range 0 2 Factory default 0 0 0 25 100 00KHz Frequency signal 1 10 0 1000 0Hz Frequency signal 2 Pulse width modulation PWM signal It can be used as expansion AO port and the modulation frequency is set through the maximum pulse output frequency parameter F3 3 48 F3 3 50 DO3 Fout assignment lower limit Setting range 0 0 F3 3 51 Factory default 0 0 F3 3 51 DO3 Fout assignment upper limit Setting range F3 3 50 100 0 Factory default 100 0 This group of parameters can determine the corresponding relationship between maximum minimum frequency of the pulse output DO3 Fout and its pulse output mapping variables while the set
125. bit Reserved pia aa Aietionisvelarihe 660 800 V 740 1 overvoltage adjustor Frag OVeTVOltage adjusting O 40 10 00 1 00 0 01 gain Acti l of th F1445 Con Sve or ne FF 2 35 480V 400V 1 undervoltage adjustor F1 4 46 Undervoltage adjusting 19 40 00 1 00 0 01 gain Action level of the f d i F1447 eduency decreasing 20 200 180 1 and current limiting adjustor SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 48 Functional Parameter Table Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Adjusting gain of the F1 4 4g_ fequency decreasing j 4010 00 1 00 0 01 and current limiting adjustor 0 5 the self recover Piae Recovery times of fault eol is aa when 0 1 self resetting In it is set to 0 The recovery waiting 0 2 5 08ec Actual waiting F1 4 50 time can increase with the 1 0 0 1 time of fault self resetting i recovery times pias ime period for self 900 36000Sec 3600 1 resetting timing The unit overcurrent 0 Self resetting forbidden 1 Self resetting permitted The tens overvoltage 0 Self resetting forbidden 1 Self resetting permitted F14 52 M of self resetting The hundreds Output 0000 1 F14 52 grounding 0 Self resetting forbidden 1 Self resetting permitted Kilobit Running undervoltage 0 Self resetting forbidden 1 Self resetting permitted F1 4 53 Display coefficient 0 001 60 000 1 000
126. braking capacity of frequency inverter to avoid overvoltage failure when Slowing down The specification of recommended electric appliances is as follows Model of Adaptive Wire gauge Air circuit Electromagnetic frequency inverter motor major loop breaker contactor KW mm A A V350 2S0007 0 75 1 5 10 9 V350 280011 1 1 2 5 16 12 V350 280015 1 5 4 20 16 V350 2S0022 2 2 6 32 22 V350 4T0011 1 1 1 5 16 12 V350 4T0015 1 5 2 5 16 12 V350 4T0022 2 2 4 16 12 V350 4T0030 3 0 4 20 16 V350 4T0040 4 0 4 25 16 V350 4T0055 5 5 6 32 22 V350 4T0075 7 5 6 40 32 V350 4T0090 9 0 10 50 32 V350 4T0110 11 10 63 32 V350 4T0150 15 10 63 38 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 20 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 4 3 Wiring of control terminals 4 3 1 Category I CON3 and CON4 terminals Applicable to V350 4T0030 2S0022 and below models Category Il CON1 and CON2 terminals Applicable to V350 4T0040 and above models CON2 Dog 4 3 2 Function description of control terminal CON3 Wiring of standard terminals of control panel CON4 CON1 on oe as gt Tee xe os Fosfor ow Eee oT eT s TT es ee Pesos Label of Function description of Mus Type taii Name teases Specification Multifunctional DEM output terminal DI1 6 circuit programmable F 7 switch
127. cation parameters For detailed address distribution please refer to below section of Modbus detailed address finding distribution SUFAR V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 200 Decription Of Communication Protocal 10 7 Detailed modbus address finding distribution 1 Coil Address Summary 0x1000 0x1100 Relevant Modbus functional codes 0x01 read coil status 0x05 write to a single coil OxOF write to multiple coils Control bit Bit 0 Control bit Bit 1 Control bit Bit 2 Control bit Bit 3 Function Description Reserve Operation Allowed 0 Operation banned Starting allowed 0 Starting banned Reserve 1 Operation allowed 1 Starting allowed Operation instruction Control bit Bit 4 0 Stop 1 Operation Control bit Bit 5 Reserve Emergency Sto Control bit Bit 6 ie ial 0 Invalid Free slide stop Control bit Bit 7 0 Invalid Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Acceleration deceleration banned Control bit Bit12 0 Allowed 1 Banned f Zero clearing for integrator input Control bit Bit 13 0 Invalid 1 Valid Remote Control Control bit Bit 14 0 Invalid Control bit Bit 15 Fault Reset ifunctional output terminal 1 Mul Multifunctional output terminal 2 Multifunctional output terminal 3 EDO1 expansion card Mul ifunctional relay output 1 1 Valid 0 gt 1 Reset Multifunctional relay output
128. circuit i n 3 The control and driving panel are Improperly connected The temperature HO The temperature detecting circuit Fu 054 sensor 1 is faulty Seek for manufacturer s support can be shielded is abnormal SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 188 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures i Fault p p Display XN Possible causes Solutions description The communication 1 The expansion board is not well linkage of functional contacted with the main control 1 Reinstall the expansion board Fu 067 expansion unit 1 is board 2 Replace with a new expansion abnormally 2 The expansion board is board disconnected damaged The communication 1 The expansion board is not well linkage of functional contacted with the main control 1 Reinstall the expansion board Fu 068 expansion unit 2 is board 2 Replace with a new expansion abnormally 2 The expansion board is board disconnected damaged The connection of Fu 072 accessories is abnormal Conflicting Fu 201 Please contact the direct supplier parameter setting Fu 301 Control panel is Seek for manufacturer s support Fu 311 faulty S3U Ar V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures 189 8 2 Warning display and troubleshooting Can be Display Warnings shielded Solutions
129. command Fault resetting input RESET Motor switching Digit input public address Fault output V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 98 Function Details Macro related parameters Related F0 0 09 F0 2 25 F0 3 33 F0 3 35 F0 4 37 F0 4 38 F3 0 01 3 0 02 F3 0 03 parameters Macro set value 0000 9 1 0 0 0 67 7 8 Value locking N Y Y Y Nf Y N Y Yy mE F3 0 04 F3 0 05 F3 1 21 F5 3 32 F6 1 15 F6 2 46 F7 0 00 F8 0 00 F8 3 39 parameters Macro set value 13 41 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 Value locking Wf Y Y Y N N N N N F0 0 01 Parameter display and UC Setting range 0000 9014 Factory default 0001 modification H The unit Parameter display mode 0 Display all parameters 1 Display effective configuration parameters To automatically hide the parameters irrelevant with current command or hardware according to different parameter setting commands or different current hardware configuration e g various expansion boards so as to simplify field commissioning 2 Display parameters different from factory default 3 Display modified and stored parameters after power on this time 4 Display modified and un stored parameters after power on this time Tens Parameter modification mode The macro parameter F0 0 00 is also limited by this function 0 Effective and permanently stored after modification Parameters modified will be immediately stored in the memory and permanent saved and
130. cs please see the instructions of the parameters F4 0 00 and F4 0 01 10 Analog input AI2 The frequency set value is given via the analog input AI2 for relevant characteristics please see the instructions of the parameters F4 0 02 and F4 0 03 11 Analog input AI3 The frequency set value is given via the analog input AI3 for relevant characteristics please see the instructions of the parameters F4 0 04 and F4 0 05 12 Given by the analog input Al1 bipolarity The frequency set value is given by the bipolarity of the analog Al1 F4 0 00 F4 0 01 and AI1 contains the direction changing information For relevant characteristics please see the instructions of the parameters F4 0 00 and F4 0 01 13 Given by the analog input AIS3 bipolarity The frequency set value is given by the bipolarity of the analog AI3 F4 0 04 F4 0 05 and AI3 contains the direction changing information For relevant characteristics please see the instructions of the parameters F4 00 04 and F4 00 05 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 107 108 Function Details 14 Pulse input Fin The frequency set value is given by the pulse input Fin 15 Given by the pulse input bipolarity The frequency set value is given by the pulse input Fin bipolarity and the pulse signal contains the direction changing information 16 MODBUS fieldbus set value 1 relative set value The frequency set value is given by the principal comp
131. ction of break detection delay conduct corresponding action according to the selected setting after the wire break action F4 3 39 Action selection after Al1 wire break Setting range 0 4 Factory default 0 F4 3 43 Action selection after Al2 wire break Setting range 0 4 Factory default 0 F4 3 48 Action selection after AI3 wire break Setting range 0 4 Factory default 0 Define corresponding actions after frequency inverter detects analog input wire breakage 0 No action for non stop alarm When detecting analog input wire break if the frequency inverter operates normally it only reports aL 036 aL 038 warning signal If the wire break fault is cleared the warning signal can be cleared automatically 1 Forcedly set to the minimum When detecting analog input wire break if the frequency inverter operates normally it reports aL 036 aL 038 warning signal Meanwhile forcedly set the analog input signal to the minimum of analog input If the wire break fault is cleared the warning signal can be cleared automatically meanwhile the analog input signal recovers to input value 2 Forcedly set to the maximum When detecting analog input wire break if the frequency inverter operates normally it reports aL 036 aL 038 warning signal Meanwhile forcedly set the analog input signal to the maximum of analog input SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 7 20 Function Details 145 If the wire break fault
132. curve correction amp 4 0 00 F4 0 01 40 00 0 01 point 2 F4 4 12 Analog input AI curve correction c ooo E 001 10 00 0 01 value 2 Analog input AI2 ti F4 1 13 89 mput ve curve correction E4 0 02 F4 0 03 400 0 01 point 1 Analog input Al2 ti F4 1 14 n209 Input Ae curve correction E4 0 02 F4 0 03 400 0 01 value 1 F4 1 15 Analog input Al2 curve correction c 9 ga1 1F4 0 03 20 00 0 01 point 2 Analog input Al2 ti F4 1 16 P809 nput v curve correction 4 0 02 F4 0 03 20 00 0 01 value 2 F4 1 17 Analog input AIS zero hysteresis 0 0 2 00 0 10 0 01 standard expansion card F4 1 18 Analog input AIS curve correction E4 0 04 F4 0 05 0 0 0 01 point 1 standard expansion card Analog input AI3 ti F4 1 19 89 Input s curve correction amp 4 0 04 F4 0 05 00 0 01 value 1 standard expansion card Analog input AI3 ti F4 1 29 P2O9 INPUL AS curve correction E4 0 04 F4 0 05 10 00 0 01 point 2 standard expansion card F4 1 21 Analog input Al3 curve correction c 4 g4y 1F4 0 05 10 00 0 01 value 2 standard expansion card SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 54 Functional Parameter Table 6 18 Analog output Function Name Setting Range Factory Minimum Change Code and Description Default Unit Limit Mapping variable of multifunctional 0 45 monitor F4 2 22
133. cy duration as well as the functions of DC band type braking startup delay and startup pre excitation Jog acceleration time Frequency F1 0 09 Frequency Jog deceleration F1 0 10 FWD jog Deceleration time frequency FWD jog gt frequency Deceleration time 1 2 3 4 Time Time 1 Jog signal Jog signal Figure 7 8 FWD Jog Running Curve SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 106 Function Details 7 3 Frequency setup Group F0 2 F0 2 25 Frequency setting source Setting range 00 29 Factory default 0 0 Panel digital setting maintained after stop The frequency set value is determined by the value of the parameter F0 2 29 In the normal monitoring mode it is applicable to make direct modification with the A and V keys or shuttle on the panel The modified values will not be saved and will get lost after power on 1 Panel digital setting zero clearing after stop Similar to the case of 0 as above the inverter will automatically clear current set value after stop 2 Panel digital setting maintained after stop and saved after power off Similar to the case of 0 1 as above the inverter will automatically save the current set value after power off and take the saved value as the initial set value after power on once again 3 Setting of panel shuttle potentiometer Its function is equivalent to the high precision panel potentiometer
134. d 1 Function effective In case that the priority of frequency revolution instruction source allows by the frequency inverter adopts swing function 2 Terminal selectivity effective When the multifunctional input terminal of definition 24 swing operation input is valid the frequency inverter adopts swing function In case that the priority of frequency revolution instruction source allows If it is invalid frequency converter operates in accordance with the setting value of preset frequency F6 2 47 of swing frequency In this mode waiting time of preset frequency is invalid F6 2 47 Preset frequency of swing frequency Setting range 0 00 F0 1 21 Factory default 10 00 F6 2 48 Waiting time of preset frequency Setting range 0 0 6000 0Sec Factory default 0 0 Preset frequency is referred to the operation frequency before frequency inverter adopts swing frequency operation or breaks away from operation frequency of swing frequency operation Determine the operation mode of preset frequency according to the instruction of swing frequency function When the selected swing frequency function is valid F6 2 46 1 frequency inverter starts swing frequency preset frequency after running then runs the swing frequency operation status after the waiting time F6 2 48 of preset frequency In case of the selected swing frequency function terminal is available F6 2 46 2 when swing frequency operation input terminal
135. d effective for UT3 5 Timer 2 cycle reached effective for UT3 Tens Timer 2 UT2 gated signal selection The same as above Hundreds Timer 3 UT3 gated signal selection The same as above F5 1 16 limer 1 output The unit output signal1 0041 1 signal H 0 Comparative value reached 0 5s paar oe pulse 0041 1 signal H 1 Comparative value reached level 2 Comparative value reached and reversed 3 Cycle reached 0 5s pulse 4 Cycle reached level F5 1 18 imer 3 output 5 Cycle reached and reversed 0041 1 signal H 6 Comparative value or cycle reached and reversed Tens Output signal 2 The same as above Hundreds Reserved SsuntrAe V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 59 Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F5 1 19 Timer value display unit H The unit timer 1 0 Clock unit original value 1 Sec 2 Min 3 H Tens timer 2 The same as above Hundreds timer 3 The same as above 0000 6 23 Built in auxiliary counter Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F5 2 20 Counter 1 operating mode H F5 2 21 Counter 2 operating mode H The unit Counter pulse selection Function No 44 45 0 Multifunctional terminal void effective 1 Multifunctional terminal
136. d accessories carefully when unpacking to see if there is any damage during the transit and if the parts and components are damaged or dropped and if there is the frequency inverter entity and the following accessories 1 Operation instruction 2 Certification 3 Product list 4 Other ordered accessories If there is any omission or damage please contract the supplier promptly for solution e Nameplate of Frequency Inverter On the frequency inverter there is a nameplate marked with model rated parameters product serial number and bar code of frequency inverter The content of nameplate is shown as below Model of frequency inverter Rated input voltage number of phase voltage and frequency Rated output capability and current s Product serial number Bar code certification logos TYPE V350 4T0022 SOURCE 3PH 380V 50 60Hz OUTPUT 3 6KVA 5 5A SERIAL No XXXXXXXXXX Wo pn wt CE Ee SUA Ae SHENZHEN SUNFAR ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD MADE IN CHINA SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 2 Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 1 2 Safety precautions Read this instruction carefully prior to installation wiring operation and maintenance to ensure proper operation of this product Tip Attention Danger and Warning in this operation manual are defined as follows Tip T
137. d overload protection Group F1 2 Setting range F1 2 15 Reference frequency of motor 5 00 300 00Hz Factory default 50 00 50 0 1000 0Hz Setting range F1 2 16 Reference voltage of motor Factory default 380 220 50 500V 25 250V The reference frequency means the minimum frequency when the inverter outputs the maximum voltage and generally is rated frequency of the motor The reference voltage means the output voltage when the inverter outputs the reference frequency and generally is rated voltage of the motor This group of parameters is set according to the motor s parameters and do no need to be modified except for special circumstances F1 2 18 Motor torque increasing voltage Setting range 0 0 20 0 Factory default It is used to improve the inverter s low frequency torque characteristics When the inverter runs at low frequency it will make compensation for the inverter s output voltage Its set value is the percentage relative to the motor s reference voltage F1 2 16 See figure 7 23 A and 7 23 B Dmm Voltage F1 2 15 F1 2 18 Boost voltage F1 2 16 Frequency IF 1 2 16 Frequency Figure 7 23 A Sketch of Torque Booster for Figure 7 23 B Sketch of Torque Booster for Constant Descending Torque Curve Torque Curve F1 2 19 Frequency point 1 of motor V F curve Setting range 0 0 F0 1 21 Factory default 0 0 F1 2 20 Voltage point 1 of Motor V F curve Setting range
138. dback channel 1 sqrt feedback channel 2 0 Analog input Al1 1 Analog input AI2 F7 0 10 Process PID 2 Analog input AIS 0 4 feedback channel 1 3 Analog input AI3 dual polarity PID feedback 4 Fin pulse input Process PID Fre feedback channel 2 1 Analog feedback quantity F7 0 12 corresponding to 0 0 0 F7 0 13 Al2 0 0mA F 7 0 13 0 0 0 01 feedback feedback channel 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 68 Functional Parameter Table pig Name Setting Range and Description Pa eee ia Analog feedback quantity f F7 0 13 corresponding to E R a 5 00 0 01 100 feedback feedback channel 1 Analog feedback quantity F7 0 14 corresponding to 0 0 0 F7 0 15 Al2 0 0mA F7 0 15 0 0 0 01 feedback feedback channel 2 Analog feedback quantity F7 0 15 corresponding to ean ope 5 00 0 01 100 feedback feedback channel 2 Feedback multiplication F7 0 16 factor e g calculate 0 01 100 00 1 00 0 01 flow rate with differential voltage F7 0 17 Proportional gain 0 0 100 00 2 00 0 01 F7 0 18 Integration time 0 0 0 1 1000 0Sec 20 0 0 1 F7 0 19 Differential coefficient 0 0 0 01 10 00 0 0 0 01 F7 0 20 Differential inertia 9 44_100 00See 10 00 0 01 filtering time The unit deviation polarity 0 Positive deviation 1 Negative deviation negation Tens output polarity 0 Single polarity PID controller 1 Dual polarity the symbol c
139. de void F0 0 11 panel key 1 Press STOP key in any control mode 0000 1 functions H to stop the device slowly 2 Press STOP key in any control mode to stop the device freely Hundreds Function of PANEL REMOTE keys 0 Void 1 Stop effective 2 Continuously effective Kilobit Reserved Principal F0 0 12 monitoring d0 0 d0 55 d1 0 d1 55 d0 00 1 parameter H Auxiliary F0 0 13 monitoring d0 0 d0 55 d1 0 d1 55 d0 02 1 parameter 1 H Auxiliary F0 0 14 monitoring d0 0 d0 55 d1 0 d1 55 0 04 1 parameter 2 H Parameter F0 0 06 locking 0 65535 0 1 password 0 No action F0 0 07 Foren 1 Parameters of FO F9 groups are 0 1 initialization restored to the factory default 2 Parameters of FO FA groups are SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 40 Functional Parameter Table ju Name Setting Range and Description dau ane Td restored to the factory default 3 Parameters of FO Fb groups are restored to the factory default 4 Parameters of FO Fc groups are restored to the factory default 5 Parameters of FO Fd groups are restored to the factory default 6 Parameters of FO FE groups are restored to the factory default 7 Parameters of FO FF groups are restored to the factory default 8 Clear away fault records The unit Upload and download 0 No action 1 Parameter upload inverter gt panel 2 Parameter download panel gt Parameter inverter F0 0 08 copying
140. dels the expansion configuration of standard type expansion card is as follows e Provide a group of 12V power supply load capacitys500mA e Provide standard interface for three phase differential input of incremental encoder Differential voltage lt 12V Max Resolution 8190 C T Response frequency s500KHz Table 11 2 Introduction to terminals of standard type PG expansion card Auxiliary Power 22V Provide 12V load capacity S200mA for Supply external devices Power supply reference ground Encoder A phase differential input Encoder B phase differential input 12V 2096 max frequency 100 KHz ze Encoder C phase differential input pe 12V 2096 max frequency s100KHz Differential Input 12V 2096 max frequency 100 KHz NE M Z Z SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 212 Optional Components 11 3 Brief introduction to operation panel 11 3 1 Outside view of operation panel LCD operation panel DPNL360CA 050M007360001 SUNAR BABS V350 4T0022 LCD operation panel shuttle DPNL360CB 050M007360002 SUAR BBB V350 4T0022 Two line LED operation panel DPNL360EA 050M007360003 Two line LED operation panel shuttle DPNL360EB 050M007360004 Two line LED small panel DPNL350EM 050M007033701 rR hk pee u n n u We x PIEL FETE
141. ding Variables bipolarity Corresponding variable Corresponding variable Corresponding variable max Corresponding variable max 7 Corresponding variable min l l 1 I F4 0 05 F4 1 17 E T F4 17 PATS Corresponding i as variable min i n i H Corresponding l i j variable min F4 0 04 F4 0 05 AIS M erapnuciileiiis nd Corresponding variable max Figure 7 33 A Sketch of AI3 Analog Input Figure 7 33 B Sketch of AI3 Analog Input and Corresponding Variables Unipolarity and Corresponding Variables Unipolarity When the unipolar input signal Al1 and AI2 are applied as bipolar signal if input signal disconnects and input value is maximum reserve setting it may be dange rous to human and property safety Please use in combination with disconnection fault detection function of analog input port F4 0 06 F4 0 08 Analog input Al1 Al3 filtering Setting range 1 1000ms Factory default 10 ms time coefficient standard expansion card Carry out filtering treatment to external analog input quantity to effectively eliminate interference signal Filtering time constant time needed for given signal rising to 63 of stable value should be set properly according to fluctuation range of external input signal if it is too high anti interference capacity will be strong while delaying the response speed to setting signal SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Ma
142. displayed in the operation panel are determined by the internal parameters of the frequency inverter F0 0 12 F0 0 13 The operation panel will return normal monitoring mode at any status if there is no keying operation within 1 minute See Chapter 3 for the appearance of the operation panel Panel description LED main displa i in di LCD display area pay LCD display LED main display LED auxiliary alee LED auxiliary display Unit combination indicator display Unit combination indicator Shuttle key Function operating area Functional Function Functional combination combination operating area indicator indicator Shuttle knob Figure 4 1 A Two Line LED Small Panel Standard Figure 4 1 B Two Line LED Standard Operating Panel configuration for V350 4T0030 280022 and below models Standard Configuration for V350 4T0040 and above models SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 27 Table 5 1 Functions of keys Item Functions Main digital Display the current operating status parameters and setting parameters of the display frequency inverter Auxiliary Display th t operating stat ters and setti ters of th digital isplay the current operating status parameters and setting parameters of the display frequency inv
143. ds the method is similar to that for reading writing control words It can be achieved via reading the discrete input mapped to each bit of status words and it can also be achieved via reading the hold register corresponding to the status words If we need to read the operation direction we can read the status bit 5 address 0x1105 via functional code 02 we can also read the status word address 0x1309 via functional code 03 G When we need to access several application parameters or monitoring parameters of discrete addresses we can first map these parameters to bus control parameter area and then we access to that area instead As a matter of fact access for mapped para meters is a type of pointer access and the mapping parameters can be set in the FA 1 parameter group 5 Anomaly Status Information Relevant Modbus functional code 0x07 Query The frequency inverter s fault warning status and code corresponding to each bit of the returned data Returned data bit 7 0 No fault on frequency inverter 1 Fault on frequency inverter Returned data bit 6 0 No warning on frequency inverter 1 Warning on frequency inverter Returned data bit 5 0 each code of fault information corresponds to the identifier code following Fu in the fault code of the frequency inverter ach code of warning information corresponds to the identifier code following AL in the warning code of the frequency inverter If data Ox8C
144. e 0 10V Input impedance 2100K O Input current 0 20mA Input resistance 250 O Provide 12V max 200mA current for external devices Access to NPN type encoder A phase output max frequency 100 KHz Access to NPN type encoder B phase output max frequency 100 KHz Access to NPN type encoder Z phase output max frequency lt 100KHz Normally open contact 240V AC 2A Normally closed contact 240V AC 1A GND Al1 AI2 common terminal CM digital input 12V common terminal V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Optional Components 211 11 2 PG expansion card introduction V350 series inverters adopt closed loop vector control mode when user is engaged in such mode it s necessary to select PG card fittings PG card can receive encoder signals of single ended open collector output push pull output and differential output Precautions for use of PG expansion card 1 Signal lines and power lines of PG expansion card shall be laid separately no parallel routing 2 In order to avoid interference to encoder signals please employ shielded cable as signal line of PG card 3 The shielded layer of encoder shielded cable shall be grounding e g E terminal of inverter in addition it s necessary to adopt single ended grounding mode to avoid interference to signals 11 2 1 Standard Type PG Expansion Card O Model PGV C000 PN 050M009012002 Applicable to V350 4T0040 and above mo
145. e Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit 0 Single PID parameter the second group of parameters are effective F8 1 18 Controller parameter separately 2 1 selection 1 Dual PID parameter hysteresis switching 2 Dual PID parameter continuous switching PID parameter switching F8 1 19 lower limiting revolution 0 F8 1 20 400 1 ASR1 group parameter low revolution effective PID parameter switching F8 120 upper limiting revolution F5 1 19 60 F0 1 21 pa 300 1 ASR2group parameter irs of motor poles rpm high revolution effective Proportional gain 1 F8 1 21 0 10 2 00 1 00 0 01 ASR P1 F8 1 22 Integration time 1 ASR I1 0 0 0 01 50 00 Sec 1 50 0 01 Differential coefficient 1 F8 1 23 0 0 0 01 10 00 0 0 0 01 ASR D1 Differential output filtering F8 1 24 0 10 5 00 Sec 1 00 0 01 constant 1 ASR DT1 Lis Proportional gain 2 F8 1 25 0 10 2 00 1 00 0 01 ASR P2 F8 1 26 Integration time 2 ASR I2 0 0 0 01 50 00 Sec 5 00 0 01 Differential coefficient 2 F8 1 27 0 0 0 01 10 00 0 0 0 01 ASR D2 Differential output filtering F8 1 28 constant 2 ASR DT2 0 10 10 00 Sec 1 00 0 01 Adjustor output upper limit F8 1 29 amplitude limited by 0 0 250 0 180 0 0 1 transient positive torque Adjuster output lower limit F8 1 30 amplitude limited by 250 0 0 0 180 0 0 1 transient negative torque Adjust tput filter ti F8 1 31 ustor output immer time 0 0 0 1 50 0mS 0
146. e between operation panel and inverter upload is from control panel control panel is normal or not to operation panel The memory of panel fails to be aL 072 operated The memory of panel inhibits write and aL 073 can not download parameters 1 Check whether the communica tion e interface between panel and control The upload of parameters is failed panel is normal or not aL 074 automatically recover to the numerical 2 In the parameter F0 0 08 parameter value before uploading upload is forbidden in terms of local upload The version of panel parameters is Re upload panel parameters same as aL 075 different from that of equipment parameters it can not be uploaded the version of equipment parameters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 192 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures Can be Display Warnings shielded Solutions other than shielding or not m The panel has no effective parameters The panel parameters are not modified aL and can not be uploaded effectively and need not to be uploaded The panel parameters exceed the i Confirm the allowed parameter scope aL 077 setting scope INV allowed and fail to be reset and upload uploaded gee The operation panel is abnormally After power off reinsert and pull out of aL connected the panel or replace the panel The control program is failed re
147. e factory default 4 Parameters of FO Fc groups are restored to the factory default 5 Parameters of FO Fd groups are restored to the factory default 6 Parameters of FO FE groups are restored to the factory default 7 Parameters of FO FF groups are restored to the factory default 8 Clear away fault records F0 0 08 Parameter copying H The unit Upload and download 0 No action 1 Parameter upload inverter gt panel 2 Parameter download panel gt inverter 3 Parameter download except for motor parameter F2 group 0000 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 39 Function mm Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code Se Setting Range and Descriptio Default Unit Limit Tens Local download permitted 0 Parameter download forbidden 1 Parameter download permitted The unit Reserved COCKOI POS Tens Control mode F0 0 09 on bs ubi 0 SVC mode open loop vector control 0000 1 x selection 1 VC mode closed loop vector control 2 VIF control F0 0 10 Reserved parameter The unit Panel key locking 0 No locking 1 All keys are locked except for UP DW Shuttle Stop and RUN 2 All keys are locked except for STOP and RUN 3 All keys are locked except for STOP 4 Lock all keys Tens STOP key function Selection of 0 Non panel control mo
148. ease be sure to confirm the equipment safety and it will automatically stop operating when identification ends During the process of operation identification of motor parameter it is a must that there is no load of motor during the whole process otherwise incorrect motor parameters will be obtained 7 12 Multifunctional input terminal Group F3 0 F3 0 00 F3 0 05 Multifunctional input terminals Setting range 0 96 DI1 DI6 F3 0 06 Multifunctional input terminal DI7 Setting range 0 96 Factory default 0 standard expansion card F3 0 07 Multifunctional input terminal DI8 Setting range 0 96 Factory default 0 standard expansion card F3 0 08 Multifunctional input terminal DI9 Fin Setting range 0 98 Factory default 97 standard expansion card Control terminals DI1 DI9 Fin are functional programmable switch input terminals they can define the DI1 DI9 Fin functions respectively by way of the setup of F3 0 00 F3 0 08 values See their set values and relevant functions in Exhibit 1 Comparison Table of Multifunctional Terminals DI EDI SDI Function For example Define F3 0 00 as 23 so the function of DI1 can be defined as Simple PLC Multistage Operation Input when the DI1 terminal status validates simple PLC multi stage operation input function can be realized The function specifications in the table as following 1 4 Multi speed control terminals 1 4 By means of the ON OFF status combinations
149. ecoder direction negative A behind B surpassing B pulse Monitor 1 input variable below the Monitor 1 input variable above the upper 26 lower limit Void when above the 27 limit upper limit void when below the lower limit 28 Monitor 1 input variable between the 29 Monitor 2 variable below the lower limit upper limit and the lower limit void when above the upper limit Monitor 2 input variable above the m Monitor 2 input variable between the 30 upper limit 31 e a e upper limit and the lower limit void when below the lower limit Monitor 3 input variable below the Monitor 3 input variable above the upper 32 lower limit 33 limit void when above the upper limit void when below the lower limit Monitor 3 input variable between the 34 aes 35 Reserved upper limit and the lower limit 36 Analog input Al1 wire breakage 37 Analog input Al2 wire breakage detection detection effective effective Analog input AI3 wire breakage 38 i 39 Reserved detection effective 40 Counter 1 output signal 1 41 Counter 1 output signal 2 42 Counter 2 output model 1 43 Counter 2 output signal 2 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table S N Function S N Function 44 Timer 1 output signal 1 45 Timer 1 output signal 2 46 Timer 2 output signal 1 47 Timer 2 output signal 2 48 Timer 3 output signal 1 49 Timer 3 output signal 2 50 54 Retained for extensi
150. ector Inverter User Manual 6 27 Swing frequency operation Functional Parameter Table 65 Function e Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ame SettingiRangelend Descriptioni iia Saui Unit Limit The unit Function Setting 0 Function closed 1 Function effective 2 Terminal selectivity effective Function No 24 Tens Stop restart mode 0 Start with the memory status before stop 1 Restart F6 2 46 Function Hundreds Swing control 0000 1 x selection H 0 Fixed swing relative maximum frequency 1 Variable swing relative central frequency Kilobit Status storage 0 Not saved after power off and run again after restart 1 Save the status after power off and run again from the saved status Swing fi F6 247 gt Wind requency 9 9 F0 1 21 10 00 0 01 preset frequency F6 248 P esetfrequency 4 0 6000 0Sec 0 0 0 1 waiting time Swing fi F6 249 Wngirequenoy 9 0 50 0 10 0 0 1 amplitude Sudden j F6 2 50 Uscen Jump 0 0 50 0 10 0 0 1 frequency Fe 2 51 angular wave 9 _1000 0Sec 10 0 0 1 rising time Tri l F6 2 52 languarwave f 9 1 1000 0Sec 10 0 0 1 decreasing time Frequency setting F6 2 53 inthe center of the 0 0 F0 1 21 10 00 0 01 swing frequency SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 66 Functional Parameter Table 6 28 Process PID 4ms control cycle Function Code Name Setti
151. ed in operating status the frequency inverter will shut down as per set mode and when pressing this key in fault conditions the frequency inverter will reset and return to normal stopped status Keys can be locked or functions can be changed by users refer to Functional Parameter F0 011 Return key ESC At any status it will return to the status of last level till normal monitoring mode by pressing this key Mode key Switch display function parameter set and monitoring parameter set in parameter modification status The corresponding EROM stored value value at this time of energizing and panel backup value of the current function code will be displayed at auxiliary display column in turn by pressing this key Left shift key The modified data bit can be selected from right to left by pressing this key and the modified bit has flicker display Right shift key The modified data bit can be selected from left to right by pressing this key and the modified bit has flicker display SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 28 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter Item Functions Data modification key Used to mofidy function code or parameter If digital setting mode is set currently the digital setting value can be modified directly by using this key in normal monitoring mode Local terminal and communication control function switch
152. ed to overcome reversal current compact caused by mechanical dead zone as shown in Figure 7 18 Output frequency Output frequency eet eee ee Time F0 4 50 F0 4 50 l Figure 7 18 FWD and REV Transition Dead Zone Figure 7 19 Sketch of Start Frequency FWD and Sketch REV Switching SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 116 Function Details F0 4 51 Forward and reverse switch mode Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 0 Switch at zero point To switch between FWD and REV at the zero point 1 Start frequency switch To switch between the FWD and REV at the start frequency as shown in Figure 7 19 F0 4 52 Zero speed frequency Setting range 0 0 100 00Hz Factory default 0 1Hz detection level F0 4 53 Zero speed delay time Setting range 0 0 10 00Sec Factory default 0 05 When the inverter output frequency is lowered to zero it will immediately lock the output At this time the motor revolution may not at zero but the motor is completely at the free stop status and will slide to stop Within the delay time when the inverter output frequency is lower than the zero speed frequency detected level F0 4 52 within the zero speed delay time F0 4 53 the inverter will keep working and output a DC current and the motor will keep excitation The inverter may rapidly restart at any time No zero speed delay Zero speed delay Speed Speed F0 4
153. ed to set smaller values for the system of fast speed response corresponding to the feedback signal not PG largest feedback signal non PG The parameter is used to set relations between revolution feedback signal feedback channel 1 4 and the corresponding to the motor feedback Motor revolution gt Minimum Maximum Revolution set value set value channel setting Figure 7 57 Corresponding Relation of Revolution Feedback Value and Motor Revolution SUNFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 169 7 31 Revolution closed loop parameter Group F8 1 F8 1 18 Controller parameter selection Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 2 0 Single PID parameter the second group of parameters is effective by default 1 Dual PID parameter hysteresis switching 2 Dual PID parameter continuous switching ASR PID ASR PID P F8 1 25 p F8 1 25 4 I F8 1 26 I F8 1 26 D F8 1 27 D F8 1 27 1 l P F8 1 21 P F8 1 21 I F8 1 22 l l I F8 1 22 1 D F8 1 23 1 Motor revolution D F8 1 231 l Motor revolution i fi L 0 F8 1 19 F8 1 20 0 F8 1 19 F8 1 20 Figure 7 58 A Double PID parameter hysteresis Figure 7 58 B Double PID parameter continuous switching switching F8 1 19 PID revolution with parameter switching ASR1 group parameters Setting range 0 F8 1 20 Factory default 100 effective at low revolu
154. ems with large inertia or requires to overcome great static friction at start large starting current can be set for a certain time F1 4 41 to meet the requirement Setting value is the relevant percentage of rated output current of frequency inverter dp When F1 4 41 is set as zero it means the function of current limit of strong start is closed F1 4 42 Function selection for adjustors Setting range 0000 0111 Factory default 0111 The unit Overvoltage suppression adjustor When setting is valid for load with energy feedback in order to suppress overvoltage frequency inveter may lift output frequency automatically making it exceed selected frequency limited by upper limiting frequency Be attention if it is dangerous to the equipment safety when setting Tens Undervoltage suppression adjustor When setting is valid undervoltage caused by sudden fall of grid voltage frequency inverter may lower output frequency automatically accessing into feedback braking state to keep running with mechanical energy for a certain time to ensure the normal running of equipment Hundreds Frequency modulation and current When setting is valid if the output current exceeds the maximum current F1 4 47 frequency inverter will lower output frequency automatically SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 123 F1 4 43 Action level of the overvoltage adjustor Setting range 660 800V F
155. er Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual I3 3 1 1 1 D M A DO TA TB TC GN C Optional Components 207 o Model IOV A100 PN 050M008061201 Applicable to V350 4T0030 2S0022 and above models with Class appearance the expansion configuration of standard I O expansion card is as follows e 5 channel digital input 1 channel NPN type digital output e 2 channel analog input voltage and current input 1 channel analog output voltage or current output 1 channel 10V 20mA auxiliary power supply 1 channel 24V 100mA auxiliary power supply e T group programmable relay contact output 220VAC 1A Table 11 3 introduction to terminals of Class A I O expansion card Type Digital Input DI DI5 Effective closure with CM terminal input frequency s1KHz Optical coupling isolation NPN type OC output output frequency s1KHz Withstand voltage max 0 24V sink current capacity 0 50mA Input voltage 0 10V input impedance Analog 2100K Q Digital Output Input current 0 20mA input resistance 250 Q Al Input Al Output 0 10V 10mA load capacity or Analog Output 0 20mA Power supply for external potentiometer a 10V Auxiliary Output current 10mA Power Supply 424V Provide 24V power supply Output current 100mA Programma Contact capacity Output Normally closed contact 240V AC 1A ble Relay Normally open contact 240V AC 2A 1 2 D l AO TA T TC N Al1 AI2 A
156. eration can result in serious injury or death therefore the power supply of the frequency inverter shall be cut off and the maintenance operation after ten minutes after the nixie tube of the frequency inverter panel extinguishing can be carried out 9 1 Routine care and maintenance Through routine maintenance all kinds of abnormal condition and abnormal cause can be found promptly and the faults and hidden dangers can be eliminated as soon as possible Thus the normal operation of equipment can be warrantyd and also the service life of the frequency inverter can be prolonged Refer to the following table for routine maintenance Object Inspection cycle Scope of inspection Assessment criterion checked Irregularly Regularly E 1 Open the frequency inverter when the 1 Humidity i ae temperature is above 45 C keep humidity Operation temperature i N i below 95 without frost deposit environment 2 Dust moisture B 3 6 2 Free from peculiar odor inflammable and Gas explosive gas 1 Installation 1 The installation environment shall be well Cooling 4 environment ventilated and the duct has no block system 2 Frequency 2 Fan is in well operation and without inverter fan abnormal noise 1 Vibration 1 Vibration is smooth and outlet Frequency N temperature rise temperature is normal inverter 2 Noise 2 No abnormal noise and no peculiar smell 3 Wire terminal 3 No loose for fastening
157. ering 3 Synchronously started with timer 1 effective for UT2 UT3 4 Timer 1 cycle reach pulse effective for UT2 UT3 5 Timer 2 cycle reach pulse effective for UT3 Hundreds Timer status resetting timer value and status 0 Multifunctional terminal Function No 55 57 1 Automatic resetting when the cycle is reached 2 Automatic resetting when timer is stopped Kilobit timing cycle 0 Single cycle timing resetting and re triggering required 1 Multi cycle timing start again after auto clearing 0000 F5 1 09 Timer 1 timing cycle 0 65535 clock cycle 30000 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 58 Functional Parameter Table poss Name Setting Range and Description PSSN aeei pss Timer 1 F5 1 10 comparative 0 F5 1 09 10000 1 threshold value pupa ordo 0 65535 clock cycle 30000 1 cycle Timer 2 F5 1 12 comparative 0 F5 1 11 10000 1 threshold value paa Were timing 0 65535 clock cycle 30000 1 cycle Timer 3 F5 1 14 comparative 0 F5 1 13 10000 1 threshold value The unit timer 1 UT1 gated signal 0 No gating function 1 Multifunctional terminal Function No 58 2 timer 1 comparative value reached effective for UT2 UT3 3 Timer 1 cycle reached effective Timer door control for UT2 UT3 F5 1 15 signal selection 4 Timer 2 comparative value 0000 1 H reache
158. erter A HZ V displays the corresponding measurement unit of the data of the main digital display 96 displays compound unit A Hz V m a The compound unit indicator is defined as follows Hz A RPM V Sec A V Min FWD REV Indicator for operating status its flicker shows the frequency inverter is in F R operation and has voltage output The indicator is off the external terminal command is valid the indicator is on the PANEL REM operation panel command is valid OTE the indicator is flashing the communication interface or expanded communication board or expanded function board command is valid Alarm indicator ALARM The indicator is on the frequency inverter is in warning status It shall check up and eliminate abnormalities otherwise the frequency inverter may be faulty and shut down Forward operation command key FWD Press this key to send forward operation command when the operation command channel of the frequency inverter is set as operation panel control F0 3 33 or F0 3 34 0 Reverse inching operation command key Press this key to send reverse operation command when the reverse function FF 4 42 O is selected and the operation command channel of the frequency inverter is set as operation panel control F0 3 33 or F0 3 34 20 and press this key to send inching operation command when inching function FF 4 42 1 is selected Stop reset key When this key is press
159. erter will automatically clear current set value after stop 6 Terminal UP DW setting maintained after stop and saved after power off Similar to the case of 4 as above the set value will be saved automatically after power off and the initial set data will be the set value at the last power off when the inverter is powered on once again 7 Terminal UP DW two way setting maintained in bipolar mode after stop The basic operation is slimier to that as stated in 4 and the difference is that in the mode of 4 the set frequency is unsigned values not containing direction information and the setting range of the frequency is 0 upper limiting frequency while in the mode of 7 the set frequency is signed values containing direction changing information and the setting range of the frequency is upper limiting frequency upper limiting frequency The inverter s actual running direction is according to XOR calculation of the command direction FWD REV and the set frequency direction 8 Terminal UP DW two way setting maintained in bipolar mode after stop and saved after power off The basic operation is similar to the case of 7 as above The set value will be saved automatically after power off and the initial set data will be the set value at the last power off when the inverter is powered on once again 9 Analog input Al1 The frequency set value is given via the analog input Al1 for relevant characteristi
160. es not need to be selected The multi stage running output will automatically participate in setting competition according to the frequency setting priority Correct setting of priority of command sources F5 3 28 is required for afore said items item 25 and 26 27 Terminal selection multi stage frequency The frequency set value is determined by the combination status of the four multifunctional input termi nals function no 1 2 3 4 and the terminal function is set by the parameters F3 0 00 F3 0 08 This way allows for multi stage frequency running 28 Virtual analog input SAI 29 Virtual analog input SAI2 The frequency setting source and set value are determined by the virtual input parameter group F4 4 50 7 F4 4 54 Control command source Group F0 3 F0 3 33 Control command Setting range 0 2 Factory default 0 To select the input physical channel of the inverter control commands start stop forward reverse jog and reset etc 0 Operating panel The running control command is given via the operating panel Please see Chapter 5 for the use of the operating panel 1 External control terminal The running control command is given via external control commands and the terminal function is set by the parameter F3 0 2 MODBUS fieldbus standard expansion card configuration The operation command is specified through the expansion communication mode SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual
161. et frequency of PID and operate as closed loop characteristics after running continually for a while at this point of frequency F7 0 24 output frequency feedback value of process PID preset frequency feedback value of sensor f w 7 0 e time F7 0 26 F7 0 25 retention time of preset frequency Figure 7 52 Sketch of Closed Loop Frequency Figure 7 53 Relationship Curve of Feedback Percentage Operation and Preset Corresponding Sensor Value SUNMEAR V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 165 F7 0 25 Actual sensor value range Setting range 0 01 100 00 Factory default 1 00 corresponding to 100 feedback F7 0 26 Actual sensor value corresponding Setting range 100 00 100 00 Factory default 0 0 to 0 feedback This group of parameter determines the corresponding relationship between feedback percentage and feedback physical quantity which determines display values of monitoring parameters d0 1 36 and d0 1 37 Corresponding relationship curve is shown in Figure 7 53 7 28 Process PID multi stage setting Group F7 1 F7 1 27 F7 1 33 Process PID multi stage Setting range 100 0 100 0 Factory default 0 0 preset 1 7 This group of parameter defines the set value of process PID multi stage operation Set value is the relevant percentage of process PID set value determined in F7 0 01 Multi stage operation of process PID can be flexibly realized wi
162. factory default value 1 Min Minute The acceleration and deceleration time is in the unit of minute F1 0 01 Time ratio of S curve acceleration Setting range Factory default 15 0 starting deceleration ending period 5 0 100 0 F 1 0 02 F1 0 02 Time ratio of S curve acceleration Setting range Factory default 70 0 rising deceleration decreasing period 20 0 100 0 F 1 0 01 Define the curve parameters of acceleration and deceleration of S curve As shown in item CD in Figure 7 21 the acceleration starting deceleration ending period of S curve is indicated by the percentage of the total acceleration and decoration time As shown in item in Figure 7 21 the acceleration rising deceleration decreasing period of S curve is indicated by the percentage of the total acceleration and decoration time SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 118 Function Details F1 0 03 F1 0 08 Acceleration deceleration time 1 2 3 F1 0 09 Acceleration 4 jog acceleration time F1 0 10 Deceleration 4 jog deceleration time Setting range 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Factory default Setting range 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Factory default Setting range 0 01 600 00 Sec Min Factory default The acceleration time means the time required for the inverter to accelerate from 0 00Hz to maximum output frequency F0 1 21 The deceleration time means the time required for the inverter to decelerate from the
163. frequency revolution operation effective If frequency revolution instruction source priority allows the frequency converter operates in multi stage frequency revolution 2 Multi stage frequency revolution operation condition effective When multifunctional input terminal Function No 23 is valid frequency inverter operates in multi stage frequency revolution when it is invalid frequency inverter will automatically access to frequency setup mode allowed to the lower priority 3 Multi stage PID setting operation effective When the process PID starts its function the setup of PID should be set automatically according to given time cycle at most 7 stages being set F7 1 27 F7 1 33 4 Multi stage PID setting operation condition effective When multifunctional input terminal Function No 23 is valid the multi stage setting of process PID is also valid at most 7 stages being set F7 1 27 F7 1 33 Tens Operation mode 0 Single cycle Frequency inverter should firstly operate with first multi stage speed set frequency and output each velocity s frequency according to given operating time If the given operating time of a certain velocity is of zero jump out of the velocity with a cycle s operation the frequency inverter should stop outputting and input an effective operating instruction once again to run the next cycle See Figure 7 43 B fl4 PLC running PLC command I Figure 7 47 B Simple PLC operation sin
164. g source 1 2 Determined by frequency setting source 2 Linkage balancing pide function 0 Void 1 Current balancing 2 Torque balancing 3 Power balancing Linkage balancing FA 2 30 gain 0 001 10 000 1 000 0 001 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 6 38 Expansion multifunctional input terminal Functional Parameter Table 77 Pied Name Setting Range and Description Dur ee perd Expand multifunctional input Fb 0 00 terminal EDI1 ED8 m effective when 0 96 0 1 x Fb 0 07 expansion components are inserted The unit EDI1 EDI4 terminal O F 4 bit binary system bit 0 Effective level of power on effective 1 expansion l Disconnection effective 4 multifunctional input Tens EDI5 EDI8 terminal terminal H The same as above Hundreds Reserved Kilobit Reserved 6 39 Expansion multifunctional output terminal Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Expand multifunctional input Fb 1 10 terminal EDO1 EDO8 e effective when 0 71 0 1 Fb 1 17 corresponding expansion I O components are connected 6 40 Zero speed torque and position control Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit Fb 2 18 Automatic shift frequency 0 0 5 00Hz 1 00 0 01 Boda Automatic sh
165. gate control function F5 1 09 1 1 1 1 1 1 an 1 i H Ei 1 1 i Lito 1 1 1 Trigger signal J 1 i i i LI H Lo ET 1 Gating signal l l Figure 7 37 C Starting trigger and gate control signal function of timer 1 UT1 F5 1 06 1111 F5 1 15 0001 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 147 7 21 3 Timer with clock function F5 1 09 Trigger signal t diia Clock UT2 Trigger signal Signal i Figure 7 37 D Pulse concatenation function of timer 1 UT1 F5 1 06 10 1 F5 1 07 H 3 7 21 4 Timer with trigger function Timing cycle p14 m 4 1 Trigger signal Clock Trigger signal UT2 1 1 1 D 1 1 1 1 1 D D i n Clock UT1 cycle reaching signal as the trigger signal of UT2 Trigger signal UT3 j ux D Clock UT2 cycle reaching signal as the trigger signal of UT3 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 148 Function Details 7 22 Built in auxiliary counter Group F5 2 Similar to the function of timer the counter is designed for external clock unknown frequency variable and timer is designed for the internal clock known and determined frequency terminal function of analog input and output it can transfer the counter into the function of Differences Counter will cont
166. ge of frequency inverter not fluctuates as the input voltage fluctuates In condition that grid voltage fluctuates greatly while stable stator voltage and current of motor is required this function shall be operated F5 3 31 Automatic energy saving operation Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 only effective for asynchronous motors Magnetic flux operates optimally and valid with asynchronous machine Automatic energy saving operation refers to frequency inverter can detect the load condition of motor automatically and adjust output voltage timely to make the motor operate at high efficient status in order to reach optimal effect of energy saving Automatic energy saving operation has the best effect when the load change of motor is of low frequentcy and wide range The major energy saving way is to obtain additional energy saving effect from adjusting the status of motor excitation to make the motor operate at optimal high efficient status and greatly lower the energy consumption of motor F5 3 32 Magnetic flux brake Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 0 Frequency inverter can increase the magnetic flux when the motor slows down to stop to make the motor stop more rapidly see figure below The electric energy produced during the braking process is manly consumed in form of heat inside of the motor Therefore frequent braking with magnetic flow will lead to the internal temperature of the motor increase Please be sure
167. ge of three phase power supply Filter at input side EMI filter can be selected to restrict the high frequency noise interference from the power cord of the frequency inverter Contactor It can cut off the power supply when the system protective function acts to prevent failure expanding DC reactor In order to defend the influence of power supply to frequency inverter protect the inverter and restrict higher harmonic DC reactor shall be equipped under the following conditions SUNAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 19 1 When the power supply of frequency inverter has switch LBMJ on the node or with silicon controlled phase control load the voltage jump of the grid resulted from reactive transient caused by capacitor switching and harmonic and grid wave form gap caused by phase control load may damage the input rectifying circuit of the frequency inverter 2 When the three phase power supply of the frequency inverter is unbalanced 3 When the power factors at the input end of the frequency inverter are required to improve Filter at output side EMI filter can be selected to restrict the interference noise generated at the output side of the inverter and wire leakage current AC output reactor When the wiring from the frequency inverter to the motor is longer exceeding 20m it can restrict radio interference and leakage current Braking resistor Improve the
168. ge signal AMO Bas i switcl Shift A indicating that AO terminal provides V E FF OFF Dial J CO1 C02 KOV switch V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 22 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter JP2 Shift VO2 Indicating that AO2 terminal outputs voltage signal Shift OFF Indicating that AO2 terminal is at vacant state Shift CO1 Indicating that AO2 outputs current signal JP3 Shift 5 V Indicating that VS terminal provides externally 5V voltage signal Shift OFF Indicating that VS terminal is at vacant state Shift 10V Indicating that VS terminal provides externally 10V voltage signal 4 4 Wiring of major loop terminal 4 4 1 Terminal Functions P DC side voltage positive terminal DC side voltage negative terminal P Bus voltage input terminal of DC braking unit can be connected between P and P E Earthing terminal Function description DC electric reactor can be connected between P and PB DC braking resistance can be connected between P and PB Connect three phase AC motor SUMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 23 4 4 2 Main loop terminal diagram Energy consumption braking resistor Category main loop terminal Applicable model V350 280007 V350 2S0011 Single phase mains input
169. generally it s set in proportion to the inertia of system F7 0 21 PID controller characteristics configuretion H Setting range 0000 0111 Factory default 0000 The unit Dviation polarity 0 Positive deviation When feedback signal gets weaker PID output is increased 1 Negative deviation When feedback signal gets weaker PID output is decreased Tens digit output polarity 0 Single polarity 1 Dual polarity For single polarity of PID control mode output of PID adjuster is always positive value lower limit is 0 For frequency settings operation direction of frequency inverter is determined with external control order while PID output can t change the operation direction Generally it applies for devices without motor reversal for water and pressure delivery Refer to Figure 7 50 A For dual polarity of PID control mode output of PID adjuster is negative value For frequency Settings operation direction of frequency inverter is determined with external control order and exclusive OR calculation of PID output direction and PID output can change the operation direction If the direction lock parameter F0 1 17 is valid efficient PID output shall take the absolute value Refer to Figure 7 50 A and Figure 7 50 B Permitted limiting 4 value of deviation Deviation limiting PID feedback F7 0 22 range F7 0 22 H ovv PID feedback PID setting Output i Time frequency For dual p
170. gle cycle mode SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 155 1 Single cycle stop mode The basic operation mode is the same as mode 0 and its difference is that after frequency inverter operates a stage speed it firstly lowers the output frequency to zero according to specified deceleration time then outputs next stage s frequency Frequency 4 F6 0 03 l F6 0 02 F6 0 01 F6 0 00 F6 0 35 6 0 34 t XU RC oc E6031 SEEN MER m Fe o 05 7 F6 0 32 F6 0 33 F6 0 04 M a ee E Running command Stage end 7 i DO output Cycle end DO output Figure 7 43 C Single cycle stop mode of simple PLC operation 2 Continuous cycling mode As shown in the figure the frequency inverter starts next cycle after automatically after it finishes a cycle until it receives stop instruction f2 First circulation Second circulation RUN command Figure 7 43 D Continuous Cycling Mode of Simple PLC SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 156 Function Details 3 Continuous cycle stop mode Basic operation mode is the same as mode 2 and its difference is that after frequency inverter operates a stage speed it firstly lowers the output frequency to zero according to specified deceleration ti
171. gure 7 1 for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters 3 Two Line Control 1 Al1 Setting Refer to Figure 7 2 A for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters 4 Two Line Control 2 Al1 Setting Refer to Figure 7 2 B for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 96 Function Details 5 Three line control 1 AT1 setting Refer to Figure 7 3 for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters 6 Machine tool spindle drive macro Al1 setting Refer to Figure 7 4 for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters Table 7 1 Table Application Macro Association Self Setting Parameters Applicati Applicati Applicati Applicati Applicati Parameters on on on on on Remarks Macro 1 Macro 2 Macro 3 Macro 4 Macro 5 F0 2 25 2 0 2 3 9 9 9 Locked F0 3 33 0 0 1 1 1 Locked F0 3 35 0 1 2 Locked F0 4 37 0 0 0 0 0 Locked F0 4 38 0 0 0 0 0 Locked F3 0 01 19 Locked F3 0 02 7 7 7 Locked F3 0 03 8 8 8 Locked F3 0 04 13 13 13 13 13 Locked F6 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 Relocatable F6 2 46 0 0 0 0 0 Relocatable F7 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 Relocatable F8 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 Relocatable FA 2 25 0 0 0 0 0 Reloc
172. gure7 25 Sketch of Slip Frequency Compensation Figure 7 26 Sketch of Acceleration and Deceleration Current Limit SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 122 Function Details 7 9 Steady running Group F 1 4 F1 4 39 Acceleration deceleration Setting range 120 180 Factory default 150 current limiting level When the frequency inverter is in acceleration and deceleration running for the acceleration and deceleration time does not match to the motor inertia or load breaks there can be phenomenon of steep current rise This parameter is used for setting the allowed output level when frequency inverter is in state of acceleration Setting value is the relevant percentage of rated output current of frequency inverter When the output current of frequency inverter exceeds the specified level of this parameter acceleration and deceleration time will be automatically delayed to ensure the output current limited within the range of this level refer to the figure 7 26 Thus for occasions requiring shorter acceleration time acceleration torque level shall be properly improved F1 4 40 Strong start current limiting level Setting range 120 200 Factory default 150 F1 4 41 Strong start current holding time Setting range 0 00 5 00Sec Factory default 0 0 Function is similar with F1 4 39 limit the current value when frequency inverter is in acceleration and starting For some syst
173. h the multifunctional input terminal Function No 67 it is especially used for transmission machineries with mechanical shifting function e g machine tool spindle drive This parameter is used to set the operating frequency and FWD and REV shift cycle when the function is valid Fb 2 20 Zero frequency torque holdup Setting range 0 2 Factory default 0 DC bind type brake preferred This parameter is to set the bind type brake function at 0 speed When it is set to 1 the actions on DC are completely identical The electronic bind type brake at that time can ensure the motor completely not rotating under the drag of load In the VC control mode with PG feedback if it is set to 2 the equipment will output 0 speed torque in the mode of position locking Even if it is dragged by loads the motor axis will not rotate Fb 2 21 Position locking gain Setting range 0 01 10 00 Factory default 1 00 When the zero frequency torque is kept at 2 this parameter is used to set the gains between the motor output torque and the axis deviation The larger the number is the higher the 0 speed torque is If the value is too high 0 speed ventilation may be resulted in SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 177 7 38 Virtual input and output group FF 0 FF 0 00 FF configuration parameter locking H Setting range 0000 1001 Factory default 0000 FF group parameters include special and inter
174. hase Voltage grade T three phase S single phase 2 220V 4 380V Product series V350 Low power closed loop vector inverter A510 Heavy load closed loop vector inverter E380 Universal inverter 2 2 Product appearance Appearance of Category I Operating panel Upper housing Radiator Lower cover Wiring entrace of extension loopr Plugboard Wiring entrace of main loop Fan Appearance of Category II Operating panel Upper cover Upper housing 3 Lower housing Lower cover Wiring entrace of 7extension loopr Wiring entrace of control loop Wiring entrace of main loop Plugboard SUFAR V560 High performance closed loop vector inverter E550 Low power universal inverter Applicable for V350 4T0030 2S0022 and below models Port of operating panel Port of remote operating panel v Function expansion card Expansion loop terminal Major loop terminal Applicable for V350 4T0040 and above models Port of operating panel Y Crystal connector position f remote operation Control loop terminal YA Ss a J e E Major loop terminal V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Product Introduction 7 2 3 Model table Voltage grade Model Rated capacity Suitable motor Rated current KVA KW A V350 2S0007 1 9 0 75 5 0 Single phase V350 2S001 1 2 5 1 1 6 5 220V
175. he frequency inverter breaks down with a period of time fault self resetting can be operated and recover to run with starting way of speed inspection When accumulated resetting times exceeds setting value F1 4 49 self resetting action terminates When self resetting time F1 4 49 is set as zero it means this function is banned Recovery waiting time of fault self resetting gets longer with resetting times waiting time F1 4 50 already reset times Each time it passes the set parameter period F1 4 51 or external forced fault reset it will automatically eliminate one self resetting record SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 125 F1 4 52 Self restoration fault selection Setting range 0000 1111 Factory default 0 000 The Unit overcurrent 0 self resetting forbidden 1 Self resetting permitted Tens overvoltage 0 self resetting forbidden 1 self resetting permitted Hundreds Output earthing 0 self resetting forbidden 1 self resetting permitted Kilobit Operation undervoltage 0 self resetting forbidden 1 self resetting permitted F1 4 53 Display coefficient Setting range 0 001 60 000 Factory default 1 000 It is used to monitor display correction of parameters d0 0 00 d0 0 01 d0 0 9 and d0 0 10 Displayed value actual value x F1 4 53 7 10 Motor parameters Group F2 0 F2 0 00 F2 0 04 Motor rated parameters t Factory default x Nameplate parameters of
176. he individuals Please start to wire after the panel digital tube of frequency inverter is out for ten minutes otherwise there can be electric shock risk SUMEAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 3 3 The grounding terminal of frequency inverter must be reliably grounded otherwise there can be electric shock risk 4 No alternating current power supply is allowed to be connected onto the U V W of frequency inverter otherwise the frequency inverter can be damaged 5 Confirm that the input voltage and frequency converter are in consistent with rated voltage value otherwise the frequency inverter may be damaged 6 Confirm that the motor and frequency converter are adaptive with each other otherwise the motor can be damaged or frequency converter protection can be caused 7 Brake resistor can not be connected onto the of DC bus directly otherwise there can be fire risk 1 2 3 Safety precautions for running operation 1 Please do not operate the switch with wet hand otherwise there can be electric shock 2 Please install the front cover prior to plugging in and shall not demount the cover while power is on otherwise here can be electric shock 3 During the frequency converter is with power on even the motor is stopped do not touch the terminals of frequency converter otherwise here can be electric shock 4 If you apply the function
177. icator Shuttle knob Put fingers on the slot at front part of the panel and then simply raise the panel After aligning fixed hook month at the bottom of the panel with the clasp under the panel base simply press down the top of Slot the panel Clasp i Slot A Installation Clasp Slot Clasp Remove the operating panel and make Remove the operating panel and detach connection with the extension cable as the crystal connector and place it at shown in following figure specified position to avoid loss and then use extension cable to make connection as shown in following figure Clasp for external connection Clasp for external a connection rystal connector JE X connecting wire Prolonged wet imi external Clasp for zT N connection external y connection Clasp for external g connection SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 14 Installation Of Frequency Inverter D It is a must to use extension cable or commercial LAN cable straight cables in the market Extension cable shall not exceed 15 meters shielding layer is connected with grounding terminal of frequency inverter Please select remote operation panel if the extension cable is more than 15 meters long gt Do not carry out wiring horizontally close to the power line Panel shall be fastened on stable fixed surface or work bench so as to avoid damage 3 3 Installation size of the pane
178. ift switching 0 10 2 00Sec 0 30 0 01 cycle 0 Void Zero frequency torque 1 Bind type brake torque Fb 2 20 holdup DC bind type brake effective 0 1 x preferred 2 Position locking PG feedback VC mode Fb 2 21 Position locking gain 0 01 10 00 1 00 0 01 Fb 2 22 PG speed shaft propulsion 9 004 50 000mm 0 500 0 001 distance per revolution SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 78 Functional Parameter Table 6 41 Virtual input and output Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit The unit FF parameter group modification forbidden 0 Forbidden effective for no display FF configuration 1 Permitted FF 0 00 parameter locking Tens Reserved 0000 1 function H Hundreds Reserved Kilobit Initialization of FF parameter group 0 Forbidden 1 Permitted Definition of virtual FF 0 01 0 62 0 1 output node SDO1 Definition of virtual FF 0 02 0 62 0 1 output node SDO2 Definition of virtual FF 0 03 0 62 0 1 output node SDO3 Definition of virtual FF 0 04 0 62 0 1 output node SDO4 Definition of virtual FF 0 05 0 62 0 1 output node SDO5 Definition of virtual FF 0 06 0 62 0 1 output node SDO6 Definition of virtual FF 0 07 0 62 0 1 output node SDO7 Definition of virtual FF 0 08 0 62 0 1 output node SDO8 Definition of virtual FF 0 09 0 96 0 1
179. imum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit posso Vm rules input 0 0 100 00KHz 0 0 0 01 frequency DI9 Fin Fazer amum pulse input 0 01 100 00KHz 10 0 0 01 frequency DI9 Fin F3 2 38 Pulse detection cycle 1ms 20ms 10 1 F3 2 39 Number of single loop pulse 1 4096 1024 1 Mechanical transmission F3 2 40 ratio pulse shaft revolution 0 010 10 000 1 000 0 001 motor shaft revolution Fazat ne wheel diameter 0 1 2000 0mm 100 0 0 1 for liner speed calculation F3 242 Maximum accumulative length 40m 50000m 50000 4m value F3 2 43 Maximum liner speed 0 01 500 00m sec 10 00 0 01 F3 2 44 Current accumulative length 0 50000m 1 R value F3 2 45 Current liner speed 0 0 500 00m sec 0 01 R 6 15 Pulse output Equipped with standard expansion I O board and this group of parameters are effective when DOS terminal selects the frequency output function Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit 0 0 25 100 00KHz frequency signal F3 3 46 Type of output pulse T 10 0 1000 0Hz frequency 0 1 signal DO3 Fout signal 2 Pulse width modulation PWM signal Eagar S output 0 25 100 00KHz 0 25 0 01 requency DO3 Fout F3 348 Maximum output 0 295 190 00 Mz PWM 10 0 0 01 requency DO3 Fout signal reference frequency S n a 7 F3 349 ulse output mapping 0 45 monitor variable 0 1 variable comparison table DO3 Fout assi t
180. ing 3 Set the start stop mode F0 4 38 to Fu 001 during motor is restarted i the revolution tracking restart mode acceleration 4 The frequency inverter has 2 4 Select frequency inverter with smaller capacity i matched capacity level 5 The encoder is faulty or g 5 Check encoder and its connection disconnected during the operation and acceleration with PG 1 The deceleration time is too short 1 Adjust deceleration time 2 Th ial l epotential energy loadior 2 Connect braking resistor or unit Overcurrent load inertia is too large i externally Fu 002 during 3 The frequency inverter has deceleration smaller capacity 4 The encoder is faulty or disconnected during the operation and deceleration with PG 3 Select frequency inverter with matched capacity level 4 Check encoder and its connection SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures Fault Display e Possible causes Solutions description 1 The load changes suddenly 2 The grid has over low voltage 3 The frequency inverter has 1 Reduce load sudden change smaller capacity 2 Check voltage of power supply 4 The load is overweight 3 Select frequency inverter with 5 After transient stop the rotating matched capacity level motor is restarted at the time of Overcurrent 4 Check load
181. ing Range and Description il Tett i Unit Limit 0 Operating panel F0 3 33 Control command 1 External control terminal 0 1 idi 2 MODBUS fieldbus standard expansion card configuration F0 3 34 Reserved parameter The unit Control command action mode 0 Two line mode 1 1 Two line mode 2 2 Three line mode 1 External control 3 Three line mode 2 F0 3 35 terminal action Tens control command power on 0000 1 mode H first starting mode 0 Running signal level starting 1 Running signal rising edge starting two line mode 1 and 2 Hundreds reserved Kilobit reserved F0 3 36 Reserved 6 5 Start and stop Function mm Factory Minimum Change Nam ing Ran nd Description Code ame seningiPangsand Descripuo Default Unit Limit The unit Start permission 0 Function closed 1 Permitted when the multifunctional i terminal is effective Fo 4 37 Start Running 0000 1 x permission H 2 Command word from standard fieldbus standard expansion card Tens Reserved Hundreds Running permission SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 44 Functional Parameter Table Pees Name Setting Range and Description Farid pn pressa 0 Function closed 1 Permitted when the multifunctional terminal is effective 2 Command word from standard fieldbus standard expansion card Kilobit The action mode when the running permission signal is void
182. ing circle number d1 2 18 Accumulative number of position 0 65535 1 R pulse low 1 2 19 Accumulative number of position 0 65535 1 R pulse middle d1 2 20 Progressive distance 0 0 5000 0mm 0 1 R 6 54 Equipment information Function ae Minimum Factory Change N Value Ri D hen Code lame alue Range and Description Unit Default limit The unit Reserved Tens Standard expansion board 0 Not connected 1 Connected Hundreds Functional expansion Expansion module board 1 d1 4 40 connection 0 Not connected 1 R information 1 F Connected the value stands for the type of expansion board Kilobit Functional expansion board 2 0 Not connected 1 F Connected the value stands for the type of expansion board Total quantity of di441 Pane 0 65535 1 R communication information Number of panel communication CRC d1 4 42 check errors 0 65535 1 R number of errors accepted SUIMAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 89 Function Minimum Factory Change Nam Value Ran nd Description Code EE alue Range and Descriptio Unit Default limit Number of effective d1 4 43 data of panel 0 65535 1 R communication d1 4 44 Reserve d1 4 45 Equipment capacity 0 1 1000 0KW 0 1KW R dae e 5100 5999 1 R program version H d1 4 47 Reserve EM a1 4 4g Motherboard check 2009 2100 1 R date H d1 4 49 Motherboard
183. ing value input DI2 CM SA DI2 terminal allowing for selection of 98 kinds of T Multifunctional operational control Control iioii output terminal DIS commands via ee ee terminal Multifunctional programming offunction DI4 CM output terminal Di4 codes in F3 0 group See 24Vde SmA Comparison Table of DI5 CM Multifunctional Multifunctional Output output terminal DIS Terminal Functions for Multifunctional details page P67 DI6 CM output terminal DIG Input output 2 circuit programmable CM terminal common open circuit collector Maximum load port output and 1 circuit current 150mA Multifunctional programmable relay highest DO1 CM output terminal DO1 Output terminal 63 kinds withstand of operating status output voltage 24V Operating DO2 CM Multifunctional can be selected by the status output output terminal DO2 function code in F3 1 TA Multifunctional relay group by programming tput RO1 See Comparison Table for TB Quip Variables of Contact TA TB normally ariabi es o capacity closed Multifunctional Output p y TC TA TC normally Terminal for detail C 250V 2 open page 68 24V power supply itching Maximum Power supply d reference place Power supply of switching output current value terminal 100mA 24V 24V power supply SUNAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Wiring Of Frequency Inverter 21 externally 0 20mA current signal 2 There 3 shifts
184. inue to count upwards without reset and start from 0 on unti With the timer overflew Set value 2 Set value 1 Clock pulse hhhr Set value 1 reaching 0 5 Sec pulse Set value 1 reaching level REV after reaching set value 1 Figure 7 38 A Counter Function 1 Set value 2 Set value 1 Clock pulse WAHT 1 Li Set value 2 reaching 0 5 Sec pulse l 1 Le Set value 2 reaching level i L REV after reaching set value 2 1 Figure 7 38 B Counter function 2 Set value 1 or set value 2 reaching Rev_tl SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 149 7 23 Auxiliary functions Group F5 3 F5 3 28 Priority selection of frequency Setting range 0000 7777 Factory default 0000 revolution command source H This parameter applies to the situation that frequency inverter operates with V F mode forcedly operate with VC SVC modes Automatic voltage regulation function is used for ensuring the output voltage of frequency inverter not fluctuates as the input voltage fluctuates In condition that grid voltage fluctuates greatly while stable stator voltage and current of motor is required this function shall be operated Table 7 16 Frequency Setting Order of V350 Frequency Inverter Priority Setting Remarks 1 Inching frequency setting Top priority T Torque control me
185. ips for some useful information Attention Matter requires attention during operation gt A Warning Without operation according to the requirements moderate injuries or minor injuries of personnel and material loss may be caused A Danger Without operation according to the requirements serious damage to the equipment or personnel injuries may be caused 1 2 1 Installation precautions w N 1 2 2 Sa 1 2 The frequency inverter shall not be installed on combustibles in case of the risk of fire The frequency inverter shall not be installed at places with direct sunlight in case of danger The frequency inverter of this series shall not be installed in the environment of explosive gases in case of the danger of explosion Frequency inverter with damage or lack of components shall not be applied otherwise it may cause personal injury or fire and other accidents It is not allowed to dismount or modified the frequency inverter without authorization No foreign matter is allowed to be dropped into the frequency inverter in case of breakdown of the frequency inverter During installation the frequency inverter shall be installed at the place able to bear its weight otherwise it may fall down fety precautions for wiring Please authorize the professional staff to conduct wiring If the wiring operation is not proper it may damage to the equipment and t
186. is group of parameters restricts the range of monitoring parameter variables of which the set values are relative to the percentages of full monitoring variable output 7 14 Pulse input this group of parameters will effective when expansion I O board is configured and D19 selects frequency input function Group F3 2 frequency DI9 Fin input frequencyDI9 Fin F3 2 38 Pulse detection cycle Setting range 1 ms 20ms Factory default 10 ms This group of parameters defines multi function input terminal DI9 Fin as frequency range and detection cycle of external pulse signal for pulse input F3 0 08 is set as 97 98 effective breadth of external pulse signal is 5 30V F3 2 39 Number of single loop pulse Setting range 1 4096 Factory default 1024 When input frequency signal of DI9 Fin terminal is used for length accumulation or speed measurement these parameters are used to set pulse signal quantity for each rotation of encoder F3 2 40 Mechanical transmission ratio Setting range 0 010 10 000 Factory default 1 000 F3 2 41 Driving wheel diameter for liner Setting range 0 1 2000 0mm Factory default 100 0 speed calculation This group of parameters is used for linear speed calculation or length accumulation Mechanical transmission ratio driving wheel revolution revolution of speed measuring coded disc SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 140 Function Details Setting range F3 2 42 M
187. is valid frequency inverter runs the swing frequency operation status When it is invalid frequency converter outputs preset frequency F6 2 47 and the waiting time of preset frequency is unavailable SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 159 F6 2 49 Swing frequency amplitude Setting range 0 0 50 0 Factory default 10 0 Swing frequency amplitude is the ratio of swing frequency amplitude When it occurs to fixed swing frequency amplitude F6 2 46 0 mathematics of practical swing frequency amplitude is Practical Swing frequency amplitude F6 2 49 x maximum frequency F0 1 20 When it occurs to changeable swing frequency amplitude F6 2 46 1 mathematics of practical swing frequency amplitude is Practical Swing frequency amplitude F6 2 49 x preset frequency of swing frequency center F6 2 53 frequency set value F0 2 25 F6 2 50 Sudden jump frequency Setting range 0 0 50 0 Factory default 10 0 Sudden jump frequency is the amplitude of frequency s fast descending after it reaches upper boundary in swing frequency cycle that is the amplitude of frequency s fast ascending after it reaches lower boundary Please refer to Reference Diagram 7 50 for details Practical sudden jump frequency F6 2 50 x practical swing frequency amplitude F6 2 51 Triangular wave rising time Setting range 0 1 1000 0Sec Factory default 10 0 F6 2 52 Triangular wave decrea
188. justment maintained after stop and saved after power off 10 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 1 11 MODBUS Fieldbus set value 2 Analog input quantity corresponding to 096 setting Channel 1 F7 0 04 0 0V F7 0 05 AI2 0 0mA F7 0 05 0 0 0 01 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 67 psi Name Setting Range and Description Ps eee yia Analog input quantity corresponding to F7 0 04 10 00 AI2 19 09 100 setting F7 0 04 20 00mA 10 90 nd Channel 1 Analog input quantity F7 0 06 corresponding to 0 0 0V F7 0 07 J AI2 0 0mA F7 0 07 0 0 0 01 setting Channel 2 Analog input quantity corresponding to F7 0 06 10 00 AI2 ieee 100 setting F7 0 06 20 00mA TM 0 01 Channel 2 F7 0 08 Process PID internal 56 4 409 0 0 0 0 1 digital preset 0 Feedback channel 1 independently effective 1 Feedback channel 2 independently effective 2 Multifunctional terminal selection Function No 32 3 Feedback channel 1 feedback channel 2 4 Feedback channel 1 feedback Process PID channel 5 Feedback channel 1 feedback F7 0 09 Mops value channel 2100 0 0 1 6 100 0 feedback channel 1 feedback channel 2 7 Min feedback channel 1 feedback channel 2 8 Max feedback channel 1 feedback channel 2 9 sqrt feedback channel 1 feedback channel 2 10 sqrt fee
189. key for macro call parameters system macro 0 65535 1580 F0 0 03 LCD language selection 0 Chinese 1 Reserved SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 38 Functional Parameter Table Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F0 0 04 LCD display setting H The unit contrast 0 7 Tens normal display mode 0 Steady mode 1 Single parameter display 2 Dual parameter display 3 Three parameter display 0023 F0 0 05 Parameter locking H The unit parameter modification permission 0 All parameters are permitted to be modified 1 Except for this parameter frequency digital setting PID digital setting revolution digital setting torque digital setting locking password parameter F0 0 06 other parameters are forbidden to be modified 2 All parameters are forbidden to be modified except for this parameter and the locking password Tens Coded lock 0 Void 1 Effective once the password is set this parameter cannot be modified unless correct password is entered 0000 F0 0 06 Parameter locking password 0 65535 F0 0 07 Parameter initialization 0 No action 1 Parameters of FO F9 groups are restored to the factory default 2 Parameters of FO FA groups are restored to the factory default 3 Parameters of FO Fb groups are restored to th
190. l the operating panel can be flexibly selected according to actual installation requirement Name Two line LED small panel Two line LED standard operating panel Applicable Model Standard configuration for Standard configuration for V350 4T0040 and ppicab e moce S V350 4T0030 250022 and below models above models 70 10 130 Installation size 102 52 127 67 az 61 External Installation Installation connection without R board board tray installation E E board hole diagram SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Installation Of Frequency Inverter 15 Installation board 9l T2 Fixed with ad screws External 5 ith S I GONE TY vii This connection mode is not applicable E tray installation board hole diagram Luo 3 4 Removal of terminal cover Removal put fingers on the handle slot at the bottom of cover plate the position of clasp as figure 3 7 and forcibly lift it upward until the card clasps between cover plate and shell break away then pull the cover plate down can disassemble the shell See figure 3 7 Installation slant
191. l be saved in the panel memory and parameters not uploaded will be kept unchanged aL 072 Uploaded parameter storage failed The panel memory is damaged or the memory is una vailable aL 074 Parameter download failed Terminate the parameter download process and all parame ters downloaded will be automatically restored to the values before download aL 075 The board memory parameters are not consistent with the frequency inverter parameters in terms of the version aL 076 There are no effective parameters in the board memory aL 077 Some set values among the panel parameters are out of the allowable range Terminate the parameter download process and all parameters downloaded will be automatically restored to the values before download SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 102 Function Details F0 0 11 Selection of panel key functions H Setting range 0000 0224 Factory default 0000 The unit Locking of panel keys 0 Not locked All keys are effective on the operating panel 1 All keys except for UP DW shuttle STOP and RUN are locked Only UP DW shuttle STOP and RUN keys on the operating panel are effective 2 All keys except STOP and RUN are locked Only the STOP and RUN keys on the operating panel are effective 3 All keys except STOP are locked Only the STOP key on the operating panel is effective 4 Locking all keys All keys are void on the operating panel
192. l filtering F3 0 10 time DI6 DI9 standard 1 50ms 5ms 1 expansion card The unit DI1 DI4 terminal O F 4 bit binary bit 0 power on effective 1 disconnection effective Tens DI5 DI F3 0 11 Input terminal effective level H enis DIS 0000 1 terminal The same as above Hundreds DI9 terminal The same as above Kilobit Reserved SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 51 6 13 Multifunctional output terminal multifunctional output terminal ing Ran Function Namie a EN He EE Factory Minimum Change Code nem Default Unit Limit Description F3 1 12 Multifunctional output terminal DO1 0 62 1 F3 1 13 Multifunctional output terminal DO2 0 62 2 1 Multifunctional output terminal Poole DO3 Fout expansion function E 83 1 F3 1 15 DO1 terminal effective signal output 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 delay time F3 1 16 DO1 terminal void signal output delay 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 time F3 147 DO2 terminal effective signal output 0 0 10 008ec 00 0 01 delay time F3 1 18 DO2 terminal void signal output delay 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 time F3 1 19 DO3 terminal effective signal output 0 0 10 008ec 00 0 01 delay time F3 120 Do3 terminal void signal output delay 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 time Multifunctional relay output F3 1 21 0 62 4 1 RO1A B C Multifunctio
193. l input terminal 3 0x1122 DI4 Multifunctional input terminal 4 0x1123 DI5 Multifunctional input terminal 5 0x1124 DI6 Multifunctional input terminal 6 0x1125 EDI1 Multifunctional input terminal 7 expansion card 0x1130 EDI2 Multifunctional input terminal 8 expansion card 0x1131 EDI3 Multifunctional input terminal 9 expansion card 0x1132 Reserve 0x1133 0x1199 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 201 202 Decription Of Communication Protocal 3 Input Register Address Summary 1200H 1300H Relevant Modbus functional codes 0x04 read input register Register name Function Description Value Range Access Address AH Analog input value 1 0 4080 0x1200 Al2 Analog input value 2 0 4080 0x1201 Analog input value 3 0 4080 AI3 0x1202 expansion card Pulse input value 0 4080 Fin 0x1203 expansion card Reserve 0x1204 0x1299 4 Hold Register Address Summary Relevant Modbus functional codes 0x03 read multiple registers x06 write to single register 0x10 write to multiple registers 0x17 read write to multiple registers Application parameter address The application parameter access address can be obtained from the parameter s identifier when ascertaining the access address the method is to ignore the sub class code in the identifier following referred to as let s see an example for parameter identifier HH DD eg F2 0 33 it will obt
194. l of counter 50 51 Counter auto control signal This terminal is used for inputting gating signal of counter 52 54 Timer trigger signal This terminal is used as timer trigger end 55 57 Timer resetting This terminal is used for inputting resetting signal of timer 58 60 Timer gated signal This terminal is used for inputting gating signal of timer 61 Single pulse accumulative length value resetting SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 134 Function Details This terminal is used for resetting of single pulse accumulative length counting value 62 64 Reserved parameters 65 Input magnetic flux brake It is applied to input and removal of magnetic flux brake during the deceleration halt process 66 Position pulse counting resetting The inverter contains a 32 bit PG encoder pulse accumulative regressive device which is used to display the current position of the transmission shaft PG mounting shaft monitoring parameter d1 2 18 19 This function is used for value clearing of pulse accumulative regressive device 67 Automatic shifting This function is especially used for transmission machineries with mechanical shifting function e g machine tool drive When it is effective the inverter will drive motor to rotate forward or reversely at low speed so as to facilitate smooth shifting and avoid mechanical lock 68 96 Reserved 97 Pulse input port 0 10 100 00 KHz This function is applied to mul
195. lations If install more than 2 sets of frequency inverters in device or control cabinet please conduct parallel installation in principle as shown in figure 3 3 If there is no choice but vertical installation please consider setting partition plate as shown in figure 3 2 to ensure no influence on upper frequency inverter from lower frequency inverter Align the Fan exhaust Left and right space upper part Up and down space Figure 3 1 Spacing distance for installation Figure 3 2 Left and Right Installation Size of Two Inverters 4 0KW above SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 12 Installation Of Frequency Inverter Y As shown in Figure 3 1 and 3 2 A250mm B230mm C220mm D2120mm When horizontally and closely installed under 4 0KW the ambient temperature is 10 C 45 C Horizontally close installation is only for 4 0KW below and 10 C 45 C environmental temperature For parallel installation of frequency inverters with different sizes please carry out installation after aligning the upper parts of all the frequency inverters thus to be in favor of changing cooling fan Please don t install frequency inverter in the environment with tattered cotton yarn and damp dust which may cause block
196. lay protection to load motor of frequency inverter When the rated current of the load motor does not match with the rated current of the inverter correct thermal protection can be secured by setting this value SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 126 Function Details 7 11 The set value of this parameter can be confirmed through below formula F2 0 25 motor rated current inverter rated current 100 When fixed value of this parameter is 131 0 overload protection function of motor closes When one frequency inverter runs with several motors in parallel function of heat relay protection of frequency inverter will be out of action automatically In order to protect motor efficiently it is suggested that installation of heat protection relay in each motor Parameter measurement and pre excitation Group F2 2 F2 2 52 Start pre excitation time in vector mode Setting range 0 02 2 50Sec Factory default x This parameter is valid with vector operation the pre excitation action must be conducted prior to start of motor to build air gap flux to obtain enough starting torque This excitation process shall be conducted after action defined of parameter F0 4 42 excitation current shall be calculated automatically as selected time The shorter the excitation time is the larger the current is F2 2 53 Motor parameter measurement Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 0 Moto
197. log input Al2 0 00 20 00mA 0 01 R d1 0 05 Analog input AI3 10 00 10 00V 0 01 R Digital signal output Segment identifier d1 0 06 R DO1 D04 EDO1 EDO6 Relay contact output Segment identifier d1 0 07 R RO1 RO4 ERO1 ERO6 Frequency output Fout 0 0 100 0KHz d1 0 08 indicating the duty ratio in the 0 01 R case of PWM signal output d1 0 09 Analog output AO1 0 00 10 00V 0 01 R d1 0 10 Analog output AO2 0 00 10 00V 0 01 R am Ff malay GEI Figure 6 1 1DE HEL Terminal Effective Sketch As shown in figure 6 1 DI2 DI3 DI7 DI9 terminal input is in effective status and other terminals are at void status SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 88 Functional Parameter Table 6 52 Counter timer value Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit d1 1 11 Counter 1 current value 0 65535 1 R d1 1 12 Counter 2 current value 0 65535 1 R d1 1 13 Timer 1 current value 0 65535 1 R d1 1 14 Timer 2 current value 0 65535 1 R d1 1 15 Timer 3 current value 0 65535 1 R 6 53 Positioning status parameter Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit di246 Spindle PG installation shaft 0 359 9 04 R position angle di247 Spindle PG installation shaft 0 65536 4 R travell
198. lution F8 0 02 F8 0 01 gt Minimum Maximum Revolution set value set value channel setting Figure 7 56 Corresponding Relation of Revolution Set Value and Motor Revolution F8 0 06 PG rotation direction valid for PG card Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 In the system of inductive vector controlling frequency inverter output phase sequence depending on the connection order between the motor and frequency inverter U V W and the connection order between pulses of encoder Phase A and Phase B should keep uniform Or it can t function normally and cause the Fu 020 fault or 0 speed shock when starting Then it can be solved with modifying the parameter Systems of tension control or hoisting equipment etc which may lead to motor shaft ag side pulling may result in Fu 020 fault and at this moment please shield the protective function FF 1 22 0 F8 0 09 Revolution check control cycle Setting range 0 0805 Factory default 0101 When revolution feedback channel selects an encoder the parameter sets speed check cycle The parameter should set smaller values overlarge revolution check cycle may lead to unstable closed loop running and decelerate response When use larger check cycle for ensuring the exactness of measuring speed please lower the proportionality factors F8 1 21 F8 1 25 default parameters of revolution closed loop regulator and enlarge integral time constants F8 1 22
199. lution of the slave machine SUINFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 176 Function Details FA 2 29 Linkage balance function Setting range 0 3 Factory default 0 0 Void 1 Current balance With reference to the load current of the master device each slave device will automatically conduct fine adjustment to the output of local device so as to keep consistency with the master device s current 2 Torque balance With reference to the torque of the master device each slave device will automatically conduct fine adjustment to the output of local device so as to keep consistency with the master device s torque 3 Power balance With reference to the power of the master device each slave device will automatically conduct fine adjustment to the output of local device so as to keep consistency with the master device s torque FA 2 30 Linkage balancing gain Setting range 0 001 10 000 Factory default 1 000 When the linkage balancing function is effective this parameter is used to set the adjusting gain output by this device and it is only effective for the slave device The higher the gain is the higher the amplitude of the self balancing adjustment is 7 37 Zero speed torque and position control Fb 2 group Fb 2 18 Automatic shift frequency Setting range 0 0 5 00Hz Factory default 1 00 Fb 2 19 Automatic shift switching cycle Setting range 0 10 2 00Sec Factory default 0 30 Combined wit
200. matically set static self identifi cation of motor parameters once Tens digit Voltage vector composition mode 0 Three phase composition 1 Two phase composition Another modulation method for space voltage vector This method can help appropriately reduce heat ing of the inverter but audio noise may somewhat increase Hundred s digit Small pulse shielding 0 Void 1 Effective Kilobit reserved SUL X V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 182 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures 8 1 Chapter 8 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures When the frequency inverter sends warning signals the auxiliary display column displays warning code Some warnings have no influence on the operation of the inverter Those warnings which may influence the operation of the frequency inverter should be eliminated as much as possible otherwise more serious faults may be caused When the frequency inverter fails to alarm its protective function will act and display fault code and the inverter will stop outputting with the motor freely sliding and shutting down Alarm display and troubleshooting f Fault R Display ni Possible causes Solutions description 1 The acceleration time is too short m PM 1 Adjust acceleration time 2 V F curve or torque boosting is 2 Adjust V F curve or torque boosting set improperly parameters Overcurrent 3 After transient stop the rotat
201. maximum output frequency F0 1 21 to 0 00Hz V320 series inverters are defined with 4 kinds of acceleration deceleration time The acceleration deceleration time 1 4 during the running process of the inverter can be selected through different combinations of external terminals During simple PLC running it is also applicable to use them as the acceleration and deceleration time at the time of switching among different running frequency at each stage See instructions of F6 1 group parameters for detail The acceleration deceleration time 4 jog acceleration deceleration time are also used as the accele ration and declaration running time at the status of jog running The jog frequency has the highest priority At any state the inverter will immediately transit to the jog frequency running state according to the preset jog acceleration and deceleration time as long as the jog command is inputted See the instructions of the functional parameter F0 1 23 and F0 1 24 the unit sec min of the acceleration and deceleration time is determined by the tens digit of the parameter F1 0 00 Frequency Time Acceleration and deceleration time selection terminal 1 1 i Acceleration and deceleration 1 JAcceleratio Acceleration time selection terminal 2 Acceleration Acceleration deceleration deceleration deceleration deceleration time 3 time 4 time 1 time 2 i
202. me then outputs next stage s frequency 4 Keeping the final value As shown in the figure the frequency inverter will keep the last stage s operation frequency and direction automatically after it finishes a cycle fl4 PLC running al H TLI T2 T3 mi ms irene TI3 Ti4 tis x x RUN command Figure 7 43 E Simple PLC Operation Keeping the Final Value mode 5 Keeping the final value stop mode Basic operation mode is the same as mode 4 and its difference is that after frequency inverter operates a stage speed it firstly lowers the output frequency to zero according to specified deceleration time then outputs next stage s frequency Hundreds Selection of breakpoint stop recovery mode 0 Restore running at the first stage In simple programmable multi stage operation frequency inverter will clear out current operation state automatically after it stops because of error stop or stop instruction restore running at the first stage after it starts again 1 Start running at the interruption time effective for multi stage frequency revolution operation In simple programmable multi stage operation frequency inverter will record the stage operation time and operation frequency automatically at the interrupting time after it stops because of error stop or stop instruction start running at the interruption time after it starts again 2 Start running at the stage of interruption In si
203. mission signal 1 Permitted when the multifunctional terminal is effective The inverter will not start until the multifunctional input terminal group F3 0 which is defined to be running permissible function no 43 is effective if it is void the inverter will stop in the way defined by the kilobit of this parameter and will then automatically run again after signal recovery 2 Command word from standard fieldbus standard expansion card The start permission signal is from the bus command word Kilobit The action mode when the running permission signal is void 0 Free stop The inverter stops outputting and the motor stops freely 1 Deceleration stop The inverter will stop at deceleration mode according to preset deceleration time Start permission l l l fi i Running permission l j HEN I I l l l Auto clear i Re giving command command Running command Not clear command l Motor status Acceleration time Free stop Deceleration Deceleration time stop Figure 7 12 Schematic Diagram of Start Process SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 112 Function Details F0 4 38 Start Stop Mode H Setting range 0000 0101 Factory default 0000 The unit Start mode 0 Normal start There are no special requirements for most load start mode Normal start mode will be adopted 1 Revolution tracking start It is applicable
204. mple programmable multi stage operation frequency inverter will record the stage operation time and operation frequency automatically at the interrupting time after it stops because of error stop or stop instruction start running at the stage of interruption after it starts again The single difference between mode 1 and 2 is the different frequencies at the stage of interruption See as Figure 7 44 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 157 Interruption signal A Output frequency Hz Start run from the interruption time l gt 3 Time t i a k Stage 1 i Running time I Remained of stage 2 time of stage 2 Output frequency Hz fl i Start run from the stage H gt setting at the interruption H i i i 1 A Da x gt K Time t Stage 1 Running time i Remained of stage 2 time of stage 2 Figure 7 44 Breakpoint Recovery Sketch Kilobit Power off status storage 0 Not save When the frequency converter fails power it does not save the simple programmable multi stage operation status and starts operating from the first stage after being powered on again 1 Save When the frequency converter fails power it saves the simple programmable multi stage operation status including the power off status operation frequency operated time and operates according to the parameter s breakpoint stop recovery mode of
205. ms modification Esc aS lt v Main display F0 0 14 Function code Parameter inquiry Auxiliary display d0 00 Parameter data M LL Jes Confirm query for status v Main display d0 00 Parameter data Parameter inquiry Continue to Auxiliary display 2 3 Output current modify other See the indication abandon ela for detailed modiica Modify parameters as functions n needed v D T MODE Esc v Main display d0 07 Parameter data Parameter modification Auxiliary display 2 3 Output current Store the modified parameters W ESC v Parameter storage Main display F0 0 14 Function code Auxiliary display d0 07 Parameter data Figure 5 3 Parameter check and modification SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 33 Remark in this status the auxiliary display column will display the following in turn by pressing wE key repeatedly Default auxiliary monitoring parameters original state EROM regional numerical value gt parameter values at initial energizing gt backup parameters in operation panel the numerical value will flicker when EROM regional numerical value parameter values at initial energizing and backup paramete
206. n precautiorns iir eee teenage 2 1 2 2 Safety precautions for wiring 2 1 2 8 Safety precautions for running operation sss 3 1 2 4 Safety caution for maintenance check sssssssssssseeees 3 1 3 Knowledge on operation 1 3 1 Application knowledge of driving general motor esessss 4 1 3 2 Application knowledge of driving special motor esessss 4 1 8 8 Ambient environment essent tnetnnt tenth atn n iiaa E 4 1 3 4 Connection knowledge of peripheral equipment sessss 4 1 3 5 Transportation and storage 5 1 4 Abandon Caution the enn eR E D Rebus 5 TEDi aE Or in eer PET 5 2 Product Introduction eeeeiesseieieeieees esee ses sns instante atas anat atn atas ata a taa sna sn ennnen 6 2 17 Model d scription a eraen ea aea e eren tete eerta edd 6 2 2 Producbappedararice uacoc c tere p i t i cer espe es en tut d 6 2 3 Model tablet Ree er en et recente bet nive t e ete eee iia 7 2 4 Product technical index and specifications ssssssseeee T 3 Installation Of Frequency Inverter eeseeseeeeeeeseee eene ennnnsnnna natn ainsi a atta tna tnan 11 93 1 Installation of frequency inverter ssssssssseseeeeneteeneennnens 11 3 2 Size and assembly of operatio
207. n of control operation parameter set in F8 1 Overvoltage j The voltage of the power supply is Fu 007 when shutting Check voltage of power supply abnormal down Undervoltage g 1 The voltage of the power during operation 1 Check voltage of power supply Fu 008 supply is abnormal can be 2 Supply power separatel 2 Large load is started in the grid oe n d shielded SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 183 184 Warning Alarm Diagnosis And Countermeasures Fault 1 Display RU Possible causes Solutions description Drive protection g 1 Check the main loop Fu 009 action canbe Main loop fault or interruption i 2 Shield this protection shielded False operation caused by the Electromagnetic n Fu 011 surrounding electromagnetic Seek for technical service interference I interference 1 The load is excessively high 2 The acceleration period is too hol 1 Reduce load or replace with a short frequency inverter with larger capacity 3 The booster voltage of torque is d y H 2 Prolong acceleration time too high or the V F curve is set c 3 Reduce torque lifting voltage and improperly adjust V F curve Fu 012 Inverter overload 4 The grid voltage is too low i Pd 4 Check the voltage of grid 5 The rotating motor is directly 5 Set the start stop mode F0 4 38 to started when the function of
208. n panel sssssssssssseeeeeees 13 93 8 Installation size of the panel esses tentent tnnt tnnns 14 3 4 Removal of terminal cover ssssssssssessseseeeeetnntneetnttnstnte tnt tn nnns tn ana 15 9 5 Installation size of inverters sesesssssssssssseseesenee tentent tnter ttes 16 4 Wiring Of Frequency Inverter eese essen ennt ntn tna tns innate ainsi a a taa suain ennen 17 4 1 Wining precautions oid er ene rer dier tte ed 17 4 2 Connection of optional fittings and frequency inverter sssesssss 18 4 3 Wiring of control terminals esesesseseseseeeeenetnnenee tentent tnnt than 20 4 3 1 Wiring of standard terminals of control panel esessss 20 4 3 2 Function description of control terminal ccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 20 4 89 8 Description of dial switch on the control panel sssssess 21 4 4 Wiring Of Major Loop Terminal sesenta 22 4 4 1 Terminal F nctiofis 5e eee et teens 22 4 4 2 Main loop terminal diagram sssesssseeseeeeeenenenn 23 4 5 Wiring for basic operation of inverters ssssssssseseseneeennenentne 25 5 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter eese 26 5 1 Basic function of the panel i entend c
209. nal function parameters and their setting and initialization are confined This group of parameters is used to set the user s authority for operating FF parameters FF 0 01 FF 0 08 Definition of virtual output Setting range 0 71 Factory default 0 node SDO1 SDO8 The virtual output nodes SDO1 SDOS6 are functionally the same as the multifunctional output terminals DO1 DO3 but do not output any signal They are directly connected in the controller of the inverter to the virtual input nodes SDI1 SDI8 one to one Using virtual nodes can not only help simplify wiring but can also avoid interference The function of SDO1 SDOS8 can be defined by setting the value of FF 0 01 FF 0 08 Please refer to Table 2 Comparison Table for Variables of Multifunctional Output Terminals DO EDO SDO for the variables corresponding to the set value FF 0 09 FF 0 16 Definition of virtual input node SDI1 SDI8 Setting range 0 96 Factory default 0 The virtual input nodes SDI1 SDI8 are functionally the same as the multifunctional input terminals DI1 DI9 But there are no actual physical input nodes They are connected to the virtual output SDO1 SDO6 one to one and are directly taken from the virtual output signal The virtual input nodes SDI1 SDI8 are functionally programmable and their function can be defined by setting the values of FF 0 09 FF 0 16 Please refer to Table 1 Comparison Table for Functions of Multifunctional Terminals DI EDI S
210. nal level starting Running signal rising edge starting two line mode 1 2 l l n n v v e e r r t t e e r r The signal given by two line mode running command is level signal and Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Three line operation mode 1 Three line operation mode 2 when the terminal is at effective status the inverter will automatically start after power on In the system in which power on auto start is not expected it is applicable to select the way of rising edge start SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 111 7 5 Start and stop Group F0 4 F0 4 37 Start Running permission H Setting range 0000 1202 Factory default 0000 The unit Start permission 0 Function closed The inverter can start without start permission signal 1 Permitted when the multifunctional terminal is effective The inverter will not start until it is defined that the multifunctional input terminal group F3 0 of the start permission function No 42 is continuously effective start is forbidden when it is void and the inverter which is running will stop freely alarm code aL 031 The inverter will not start again until the rising edge of the starting signal is detected 2 Command word from standard fieldbus standard expansion card The start permission signal is from the bus command word Hundreds Running permission 0 Function closed The inverter can run without running per
211. nal relay output F3 1 22 0 62 5 1 RO2A B C standard expansion card F3 1 23 RO1 power on delay time 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 F3 1 24 RO1 disconnection delay time 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 F3 1 25 RO2 power on delay time 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 F3 1 26 RO2 disconnection delay time 0 0 10 00Sec 0 0 0 01 F3 1 27 Input variable of monitor 1 0 45 referring 0 1 F3 1 28 Input variables of monitor 2 to the monitor 1 1 variable F3 1 29 Input variables of monitor 3 comparison 2 1 table patso pot imiing vawe of monitor 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value U imiti l itor 1 Potato 1 Dub oed 0 0 100 0 26 100 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value F3 132 Lower imiting value of monitor 2 0 0 100 0 26 0 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value pado Peper limiting value of monitor 2 0 0 100 0 100 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value Fadiga OWE miting value of monitor 3 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value U imiti l itor 3 3 135 PPE TNP VOUS O Menno 0 0 100 0 100 0 0 1 variables relative to full scale value SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 52 Functional Parameter Table 6 14 Pulse input Configured with standard expansion I O board and this group of parameters are effective when D 19 selects the frequency input function Function Name Setting Range and Factory Min
212. ng Range and Desaripie Default Unit Limit F0 1 15 Reserved parameter F0 1 16 Reserved parameter The unit direction switch 0 Void 1 Negate i Tens direction lockin Fo 1 17 Running aoo 0000 1 direction H 0 Void determined by the direction command 1 FWD locking 2 REV locking F0 1 18 Reserved F0 1 19 Reserved Maximum F0 1 20 output 10 00 320 00Hz 100 0 1000 0Hz 60 00 0 01 frequency Upper F0 1 21 limiting F0 1 22 Min 300 00Hz FO 1 20 50 00 0 01 frequency Lower F0 1 22 limiting 0 0Hz FO0 1 21 0 0 0 01 frequency Fo 123 FWD jog 0 0Hz F0 1 21 10 00 0 01 frequency Fo 124 REV jog 0 0Hz F0 1 21 10 00 0 01 frequency SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 42 Functional Parameter Table 6 3 Frequency setting Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F0 2 25 Frequency setting channel 0 Panel digital setting maintained after stop 1 Panel digital setting zero clearing after stop 2 Panel digital setting maintained after stop and saved after power off 3 Setting of panel shuttle potentiometer 4 Terminal UP DW setting maintained after stop 5 Terminal UP DW setting zero clearing after stop 6 Terminal UP DW setting maintained after stop and saved after power off 7 Terminal UP DW two way setting maintained in bipolar mode after stop 8 Terminal UP DW two way setting
213. ng Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit Process PID F999 function selection The unit Process PID controller selection 0 Process PID closed 1 Unconditionally effective 2 External multifunctional terminal selectivity effective Function No 22 Tens Reserved Hundreds Process PID controller output 0 frequency revolution set value 1 Independent PID can be set by AO terminal output or as torque 0000 Process PID set F7 0 01 value selection 0 Setting channel 1 independently effective 1 Setting channel 2 independently effective 2 Multifunctional terminal selection Function No 31 3 Setting channel 1 Setting channel 2 4 Setting channel 1 Setting channel 2 5 Setting channel 1 1 Setting channel 2 100 0 6 Setting channel 1 1 Setting channel 2 100 0 7 Setting channel 1 Setting channel 2 100 0 Process PID setting a channel 1 Process PID F7 0 03 setting channel 2 0 Internal digital setting F7 0 08 power off auto save 1 Panel shuttle potentiometer preset 2 Analog input Al1 3 Analog input AI2 4 Analog input AI3 5 UP DW terminal single polarity adjustment clear after stop 6 UP DW terminal single polarity adjustment maintained after stop and saved after power off T Analog input AI3 dual polarity setting 8 UP DW terminal dual polarity adjustment clear after stop 9 UP DW terminal dual polarity ad
214. ng state keep running with mechanical energy The larger the undervoltage adjusting gain is the stronger undervoltage suppression is SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 124 Function Details Frequency Frequency incase A Frequency F0 1 20 f Extension of deceleration time Time Time Voltage at the DC side A Voltage at the DC side F1 4 43 j F1 4 43 ooo i Time Time Figure 7 28 A Sketch of Undervoltage Adjusting Figure 7 28 B Sketch of Undervoltage Adjusting F1 4 47 Action level of current limiting adjustor Setting range 20 200 Factory default 180 F1 4 48 Adjusting gain of the current limiting Setting range 0 10 10 00 Factory default 1 00 adjustor When the output current of frequency inverter exceeds F1 4 47 it may lower output frequency automatically to suppress current from further increasing to ensure continually safe running The bigger F1 4 48 gain is the stronger current suppression is Setting value is relevant percentage of rated output current of frequency inverter F1 4 49 Recovery times of fault self resetting Setting range 0 5 Factory default 0 F1 4 50 The recovery waiting time of fault self Setting range 0 2 5 0Sec Factory default 1 0 resetting F1 4 51 Time period for self resetting timing Setting range 900 36000Sec Factory default 3600 Fault self resetting refers to that when t
215. nge 0 0 50 0 Factory default 20 0 revolution deviation DEV F8 2 35 Detection time of excessive Setting range 0 0 10 00Sec Factory default 10 00 revolution deviation DEV These parameters are used to set detecting value and time for overlarge deviation of rotating speed DEV Provided that deviation of rotating speed is continuously greater than given DEV detecting value within given DEV detecting time F8 2 35 then inverter shall be in line with the setting action of F8 2 32 Set value of F8 2 34 is corresponding to the percentage of upper limit frequency F0 1 21 F8 2 36 Detected value of over speed OS Setting range 0 0 150 0 Factory default 120 0 F8 2 37 Detection time of over speed OS Setting range 0 0 2 00Sec Factory default 0 10 These parameters are used to set detecting value and time of over speed OS Provided that feedback rotating speed is continuously faster than given OS detecting value within given OS detecting time F8 2 37 then inverter shall be in line with the setting action of F8 2 33 Set value of F8 2 36 is corresponding to the percentage of upper limit frequency F0 1 21 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 172 Function Details 7 33 Torque control Group F8 3 F8 3 40 Selection of torque command channel Setting range 0 12 Factory default 0 instruction fetch direction 0 Digital setting F8 3 41 Take the set value of F8
216. nge Limit d0 0 07 Voltage at DC side 0 1000V 1V R d0 0 08 Inverter running status The unit Operation mode 0 VF mode 1 Open loop vector speed 2 Closed loop vector speed 3 Open loop torque control 4 Closed loop torque control 5 V F separated control Tens Operation status 0 Stop 1 Start acceleration 2 Stop deceleration 3 Decreasing frequency and deceleration 4 Steady operation Hundreds Electric braking status 0 Electric operation 1 Power generation operation Kilobit Limit suppression 0 No action 1 Overcurrent suppression action 2 Overvoltage suppressor action 3 Undervoltage suppression action d0 0 09 Frequency setting channel command value frequency 300 00Hz 300 00Hz 0 01Hz R d0 0 10 Revolution Setting channel command value Revolution 30000 30000rpm 1rpm R d0 0 11 Torque command value set input 300 0 300 0 0 1 R d0 0 12 Target operating frequency integrator input 300 0Hz 300 00Hz 0 01Hz R d0 0 13 Target running revolution integrator input 30000 30000rpm 1rpm d0 0 14 Speed adjuster deviation 3200 3200rpm 1rpm d0 0 15 Speed adjuster output 300 0 300 0 0 1 d0 0 16 Process PID setting 100 0 100 0 0 1 d0 0 17 Process PID feedback 0 1 d0 0 18 Process PID deviation 0 1 d0 0 19 Process PID ou
217. nit value of AO upper lower limit upper limit mapping variable Figure 7 35 Characteristic Curve of AO Output curve SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 144 Function Details F4 2 28 AO1 AO filtering time coefficient Setting range 0 01 10 00Sec Factory default 0 10 F4 2 34 AO filtering time coefficient Setting range 0 01 10 00Sec Factory default 0 10 standard expansion card This group of parameters is used to set the filtering time coefficient of AOI AO2 analog output signal according to selection of requirements of the rapidity and wave character of signal The larger the time coefficient is the smoother the output signal is and the slower the response is F4 2 29 AO1 fixed output value Setting range Factory default 0 0 0 00 20 00mA 0 00 10 00V F4 2 35 AO2 fixed output value standard Setting range Factory default 0 0 expansion card 0 00 20 00mA 0 00 10 00V When the mapping variable of multifunction analog output AO1 AO2 is a fixed value F4 02 22 F4 2 23 is set to 24 fixed value of AO1 output is F4 2 29 and the fixed value of AO2 output is F4 2 35 which can output voltage and current signal 7 19 Analog input wire break detection Group F4 3 On condition that break detection function of analog input is valid when the value of Al1 Al2 and AI3 analog input is within the range of detection threshold level when the frequency inverter passes the a
218. ntity Setting range F7 0 06 10 00 Factory default 10 00 corresponding to 100 setting Channel 2 AI2 F7 0 06 20 00mA When analog channel input is selected for setting source of process PID corresponding relationship between set value of process PID and analog port can be altered with this group of parameters The corresponding relationship is shown in Figure 7 47 F7 0 12 Analog feedback quantity corres Setting range 0 0 F7 0 13 Factory default 0 0 ponding to 0 feedback feedback channel 1 Al2 0 0mA F7 0 13 7 0 13 Analog feedback quantity correspo Setting range F7 0 12 10 00V Factory default 5 00 nding to 100 feedback feedback channel 1 Al2 F7 0 12 20 00mA F F 7 0 14 Analog feedback quantity correspo Setting range 0 0 F7 0 15 Factory default 0 0 nding to 0 feedback feedback channel 2 Al2 0 0mA F7 0 15 F7 0 15 Analog feedback quantity correspo Setting range F7 0 14 10 00V Factory default 5 00 nding to 100 feedback feedback channel 2 AI2 F7 0 14 20 00mA When the analog channel input is selected for feedback source of process PID corresponding relationship between feedback value of process PID and analog port can be altered with this group of parameters The corresponding relationship is shown in Figure 7 48 Set value of process PID Feedback value of process PID CB GC RR d i TEE Faas dcr l ji gt i gt Analog input An
219. nual 142 Function Details 7 17 Analog input curve correction Group F4 1 F4 1 09 F4 1 16 Analog input Al1 AI31 curve correction point value 1 2 ee ae This group of parameters is used to conduct nonlinear correction to analog input value as required Curve correction of analog input Al1 is as shown in figure 7 34 while the curve correction methods of Al2 are similar to analog input Al1 Aan per unit value Curve before correction Correction value 2 q r Curve after Correction value 1 7 B i correction i Correction point 1 Correction point 2 All Figure 7 34 Curve correction of analog input Al1 F4 1 17 Analog input Al3 zero hysteresis Setting range 0 00 2 00 Factory default 0 10 standard expansion card Set hysteresis width of middle point between maximum value and minimum value of AI3 when it is applied as bipolar signal forward and reverse fluctuation of zero setting value will be frequent as shown in Figure 7 34 It should be set to 0 when applied as unipolar signal F4 1 18 F4 1 21 Analog input AI3 curve correction point value1 2 standard expansion card This group of parameters is used to conduct nonlinear correction on analog input values if necessary The curve correction method for analog input AI3 is similar to that for analog input Al1 Refer to figure 7 34 for the curve correction SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Ma
220. nual Function Details 113 F0 4 39 Start frequency Setting range 0 0Hz 50 00Hz Factory default 0 50 F0 4 40 Start frequency holding time Setting range 0 00 10 00Sec Factory default 0 0 The start frequency means the initial frequency when the inverter starts up and is not limited by the lower limiting frequency F0 1 22 The start frequency holding time means the duration of operation at the start frequency and can be set according to actual needs When it is set to 0 the start frequency is void For the system with high inertia heavy load and high requirement of start torque the start frequency can effectively overcome the difficult of start and the start frequency is also effective in each acceleration process when the inverter switches between forward and reverse running A Frequency Current F1 2 18 F 0 4 41 Current Output 4 F0 4 39 frequency j gt 4F 0 4 40 TER 1 1 Fl0 4 42 Figure 7 14 Start Frequency Sketch Figure 7 15 Start Frequency Sketch F0 4 41 Start pre excitation current Setting range 0 0 100 Factory default 35 0 F0 4 42 Start pre excitation time Setting range 0 00 10 00Sec Factory default 0 10 It costs some time to develop air gap flux for asynchronous motor approaching to the constant of the rotor time When it is at stop status before the motor is started in order to get enough start torque it is a must to develop the air gap flux
221. nual Function Details 143 7 18 Analog output Group F4 2 F4 2 22 Mapping variable of multifunctional Setting range 0 45 Factory default 0 analog output AO1 analog output AO2 standard expansion card Multifunction analog output AO1 AO2 can output voltage signal of 0 10V or current signal of 1 20mA selected by the dial switch on the control board Frequency inverter status represented by the analog output signal is set by this group of parameters Please see Appendix 3 comparison table of status variable F4 2 24 AO1 minimum Setting range 0 00 10 00V Factory default 0 0 F4 2 25 AO1 maximum Setting range 0 00 10 00V Factory default 10 00 expansion card F4 2 31 AO2 maximum standard expansion card This group of parameters defines the maximum and minimum of multifunction analog output AO1 AO2 allowed to output F4 2 26 AO1 lower limiting value Setting range 0 0 F 4 2 27 Factory default 0 0 F4 2 27 Upper limiting value Setting range F4 2 26 100 0 Factory default 100 0 expansion card expansion card Corresponding relationship between maximum and minimum of AO1 AO2 output given by this group of parameters and mapping variable see figure below whose set value is the percentage relevant to the full output of mapping variable of AO1 AO2 A AO Output voltage AO maximum p 5 I I I I I I I 1 I i AO minimum f i fi I 1 I I AO assignment AO assignment Per u
222. o etie tad tar EE 26 Bilal Panel d scription cette eerte 26 5 2 Basic functions and operating methods of panel ssssssssssss 29 5 21 Basic TUNCtIONS OF pahel 2 eee tc cae ence 29 5 2 2 Operating methods of panel 31 5 3 Simple running of frequency inverter sssssssssssseseeeeenee 33 5 321 tilitial Settings 5 21 se ee LC CI MI CRI CHINE 33 5b 3 2 Sifipl operation 4 rece eterne anre pde ret ris NEET 34 6 Functional Parameter Table sessi esee ne etes nns nannten sanat attain a inan 36 6 1 System management parameter sess 37 6 2 Running command selection sessssssssseseseeenenenntnttnnnnn tnnt 41 6 39 Frequency sSetting c xe eti ed scere esed oce ient dace tat elton dich aue ds 42 6 4 Control command source trennen rennen 43 6 5 Start and StOD Dr caeca rad Pe calde ze neg LA etd ad E 43 6 6 Acceleration and deceleration characteristics parameters 45 6 7 jGarrier frequency 5 cof aedi tte tidie e reete 46 6 8 V F parameters and overload protection sessssssssseeeenee 46 6 9 Steady r nnilig rede ee eee eee 47 6 10 Motor parameters 4e nhe ener reete pe cu EE UR RIA RD SET ETEEN 49 6 11 Parameter measurement and pre excitation sssssssssssenee 49 6 12 Multifunctional input terminal
223. of restart do not approach the load equipment for it may restart suddenly after alarm removed otherwise personal injuries may caused 5 Please set the system as ensuring personal and property safety even when restarting 6 Please set additional emergency stop switch otherwise personal injuries may be caused 7 The temperature of cooling fin and direct current reactor can be very high therefore do not touch them in case of the danger of burns 1 2 4 Safety caution for maintenance check 1 Maintenance operations of overhaul and device replacement only can be done by trained professional maintenance staff During operation insulation protection tools shall be applied It is strictly prohibited to leave thrum and metal in the machine Otherwise there can be dangers of electric shock fire and personal and property damage 2 After replacement of control board corresponding parameters must be set before operation otherwise there can be danger of property damage SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 4 Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 1 3 Knowledge on operation 1 3 1 Application knowledge of driving general motor 1 The temperature when driving general motor applied with frequency converter can be a little higher than that of industrial frequency power With long term operation at low speed the operation life of motor can be affected due to the poorer heat dissipation effect In this case
224. of these four functional terminals select the set frequencies relevant to F6 0 00 F6 0 15 parameters as the current set frequencies of frequency converter Table 7 3 Multi speed operation selection table Multi speed Multi speed Multi speed Multi speed Frequency set control 4 control 3 control 2 control 1 Ordinary operation frequency OFF OFF OFF OFF F0 1 16 determined OFF OFF OFF ON Multi stage operation frequ ency 1 OFF OFF ON OFF Multi stage operation frequency 2 OFF OFF ON ON Multi stage operation frequency 3 OFF ON OFF OFF Multi stage operation frequency 4 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 128 Function Details Multi speed Multi speed Multi speed Multi speed control 4 control 3 control 2 control 1 dela OFF ON OFF ON Multi stage operation frequency 5 OFF ON ON OFF Multi stage operation frequency 6 OFF ON ON ON Multi stage operation frequency7 ON OFF OFF OFF Multi stage operation frequency 8 ON OFF OFF ON Multi stage operation frequency 9 ON OFF ON OFF Multi stage operation frequency10 ON OFF ON ON Multi stage operation frequency 11 ON ON OFF OFF Multi stage operation frequency 12 ON ON OFF ON Multi stage operation frequency 13 ON ON ON OFF Multi stage operation frequency 14 ON ON ON ON Multi stage operation frequency 15 5 6 External forward Reverse jog control Used for jog operation control under the e
225. oid 1 Effective Analog input wire Tens Al2 wire breakage F4 3 36 breakage detection detection 0000 1 x function 0 Void 1 Effective Hundreds AI3 wire breakage detection 0 Void 1 Effective AI1 wire breakage pugg octecton threshold 0 o0 410 00v 0 25 0 01 value the value before correction Al1 wire breakage F4 3 38 detection delay action 0 01 50 00Sec 2 00 0 01 time 0 No action for non stop alarm 1 Forcedly set to the minimum F4 3 39 Action selection after 2 Forcedly set to the maximum 0 1 x Al1 wire break 3 Forcedly set to the defaults value F4 3 40 4 Inverter forced trip stop Default input value F4 3 40 after Altwire break 0 00 10 00V 0 0 0 01 AI2 wire breakage F4 3 41 detection threshold 9 99 20 00mA 4 00 0 01 value the value before correction AI2 wire breakage F4 3 42 detection delay action 0 01 50 00Sec 2 00 0 01 time 0 No action for non stop alarm 1 Forcedly set to the minimum F4 343 Action selection after 2 Forcedly set to the maximum 0 1 AI2 wire break 3 Forcedly set to the defaults value F4 3 44 4 Inverter forced trip stop Default input value F4 3 44 after AI2 wire 0 00 20 00mA 4 00 0 01 breakage Al3 wire breakage detection upper F4 3 45 threshold value the 10 00 10 00V 0 25 0 01 value before correction SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 56 Functional Parameter Table
226. olarity of PID control output frequency can change the phase sequence For single polarity of PID when output frequency is 0 the direction doesn t change gt Output Time frequency i gt Time Figure 7 50 A Single Polarity of PID Control Mode Figure 7 50 B Dual Polarity of PID Control Mode SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 164 Function Details F7 0 22 Permitted static deviation Setting range 0 0 20 0 Factory default 5 0 relative 100 setting Controller output value is the permitted maximum deviation amount with given value of controller When feedback value is within the range of maximum deviation range the controller stops adjusting Proper setting of his function contributes to covering the accuracy and stability of output of system Feedback amount Given amount Output frequencys Time Figure 7 51 Sketch of Static Deviation F7 0 23 PID output preset relative to the Setting range 0 0 100 00 Factory default 0 0 upper limit frequency for output frequency F7 0 24 Preset hold time before PID starting Setting range 0 0 3600 0Sec Factory default 0 0 This function can make it earlier to access to the sable stage for PID adjustment Preset value of PID output is the relevant percentage of upper limiting frequency F0 1 21 When frequency inverter start to operate first of all it shall be sped up to the pres
227. on Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit F0 0 00 Macro parameter H The unit Application macro 0 F 0 void customized setting 1 setting of panel operation digit factory default 2 setting of panel operation shuttle 3 Two line control 1 AT1 setting 4 Two line control 2 AT1 setting 5 Three line control 1 AT1 setting 6 Tool device spindle drive AT1 setting Tens reserved Hundreds dedicated macro Kilobit system macro 0 F 0 standard operation 1 void standard mode by default 2 high frequency output 0 0 1000 0Hz 0000 F0 0 01 Parameter display and modification H The unit parameter display mode 0 Display all parameters 1 Display effective configuration parameters 2 Display parameters different from factory default 3 Display modified and stored parameters after power on this time 4 Display modified and un stored parameters after power on this time Tens parameter modification mode 0 Effective and permanently stored after modification 1 Effective after modification but not stored and getting lost after power off Hundreds Reserved Kilobit batch restoring and batch saving of parameters 2 Giving up modification of all unsaved parameters restore to original value 5 Batch saving of all modified and unsaved parameters 9 Restoring all parameters to initial values at the time of power on this time 0001 F0 0 02 Modification
228. on expansion 68 80 Reserved 81 96 card 97 0 10 100 00KHz pulse input port Fin 98 1 0 1000 0Hz pulse input port Fin effective effective SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 91 92 Functional Parameter Table Exhibit 2 Comparison table of multifunctional output terminal DO EDO SDO S N Function S N Function Inverter running ready normal voltage no 0 No definition 4 g ready 3 emergency stop input 2 Inverter is running 3 Equipment normal fault free running 4 Equipment fault trip 5 Equipment alarm 6 Equipment fault or alarm 7 REV running Running command input irrelevant 8 i i 9 Running with zero frequency with start or running signal 10 Speed not at zero 11 Inverter undervoltage stop 12 Terminal control effective 13 In the process of acceleration running In the process of deceleration 14 15 Braking power generation running status running 46 Determined by standard MODBUS 17 Determined by extended communication Fieldbus module Completion of current stage of multi stage 18 Reserved 19 running 0 5s pulse 20 Multi stage running completed 0 58 24 Multi stage running completed pulse continuous level output Multi stage running cycle completed Uu 22 23 Swing frequency upper and lower limit 0 5Spulse Decoder direction positive A pulse 24 25 D
229. on modules 55 DI1 terminal status effective 56 DI2 terminal status effective 57 DI3 terminal status effective 58 DI4 terminal status effective 59 DI5 terminal status effective 60 DI6 terminal status effective 61 DI7 terminal status effective 62 DI8 terminal status effective 63 Terminal as frequency output only applicable to DO3 Fo terminal da Direction will not be considered for comparison of monitor variables Exhibit 3 Monitor variable comparison table S N Monitoring Parameter Variable 100 full scale output Output frequency rotor 0 P 3 y Upper limiting frequency synchronous frequency 1 Motor Revolution Upper limiting frequency 60 pairs of motor poles 2 Output current 250 Inverter rated current 9 Output torque 300 rated torque Motor rated voltage reference voltage in VF 4 Output voltage mode 5 Output power 2 motor rated power Maximum temperature of the 6 150 0 C equipment 7 Voltage at the DC side 1000V single phase 500V 8 Motor temperature PTC resistance 500 0 C 5000 Ohm 9 Frequency setting channel set value Upper limiting frequency 10 Speed command Upper limiting frequency 60 pairs of motor poles 11 Torque command 300 rated torque 12 Target operating frequency Upper limiting frequency Difference between frequency LE 13 Upper limiting frequency revolution revolution output and set value 14 Speed adjuster deviation Uppe
230. onment caused by sudden change of temperature Relative 5 9596 humidity Free from direct sunlight no dust It can adopt measurement like plastic Storage no corrosive no combustible gas film sealing and desiccant environment no oil no steam no gas no drip no vibration and with little salt If the frequency inverter is not in use for a long time the current shall be applied to restore filter capacitor characteristics every half year and at the same time other features of the frequency converter shall also be checked When the current is applied it shall increase the voltage gradually through autotransformer and the conduction time should be above half an hour SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 196 Care And Maintenance 9 4 Warranty If the frequency inverter body has the following cases the company will provide warranty service e f faults or damages occur in normal use condition within the warranty period within 18 months from the date of purchase our company will provide free maintenance Our company will charge a reasonable cost of maintenance when the warranty period has expired more than 18 months e Even in the warranty period if any fault is caused by the following cases our company will charge certain amount of maintenance cost CD Fault due to that the users do not operate the device according to the operation manual or beyond the standard Fault due to
231. ons ON terminals effective and OFF terminals void System management Group F0 0 Group F0 0 parameters are especially used to define system control parameters e g locking initializing motor type and control mode as well as display of monitoring parameters etc F0 0 00 Macro parameters H Setting range 0000 2006 Factory default 0000 Macro parameters include application macro system macro and special configuration macro the application macro allows for conveniently setting and curing multiple common parameters and simplifying parameter setting for general applications the system macro allows for conveniently Switching equipment s work mode e g switching between high and low frequency operation mode and automatically defining partial parameters the special macro allows for internal integration and settings for special functions or parameters with one key according to typical industrial applications Macro parameters are not influenced by the initializing parameter F0 0 07 and partial macro related parameters are locked at specific value or within specific range The unit Application macro 0 F 0 Void Customized settings all parameters can be customized without being influenced by the application macro parameters 1 Digital setting of panel operation Refer to Figure 7 1 for the application wiring diagram and refer to Table 7 1 for macro related parameters 2 Shuttle setting panel operation Refer to Fi
232. or replace with a Fu 003 start g during operation frequency inverter with larger capacity 6 The three phase output line of g 5 Set the start stop mode F0 4 38 to the frequency inverter has g i Lr the revolution tracking restart mode interphase short circuit or phase de M DS 6 Eliminate short circuit fault line short circuit to ground dO 7 Check the encoder s wiring 7 The encoder is suddenly disconnected during closed loop high speed operation 1 The input voltage is abnormal 1 Check input power supply 2 The revolution closed loop 2 Adjust revolution closed loop Overvoltage j parameters are set improperly parameters please refer to the Fu 004 during f se during vector control operation description of F8 1 parameter set acceleration 3 The rotating motor is started 3 Set the start stop mode F0 4 38 to without revolution tracking the revolution tracking restart mode 1 The deceleration period is too E 1 Adjust deceleration time Overvoltage short 2 Connect braking resistor or unit Fu 005 during 2 The load potential energy or ED externally deceleration inertia is too large A 3 Check input power supply 3 The input voltage is abnormal 1 The input voltage is abnormal 1 Install input reactor Fu 006 Overvoltage 2 The parameters of regulator are 2 Adjust parameters of regulator u during operation set improperly during vector please refer to the descriptio
233. orary unlock of the panel e Key function key function is limited by the application parameter F0 0 11 In function enabling and normal monitoring mode press 8 key to switch the operation command channel in order operation panel local terminal communication interface operation panel indicator displays the selected command channel which will be valid by pressing within 3 seconds It will abandon the switch and return to original status by pressing ESC or without pressing within 3 seconds When switching command channel if the original setting is operation panel or local terminal the communication interface will be defaulted as local MODBUS field bus The operation command channel switched by this function is not stored permanently It will recover to original setting after the frequency inverter is power down and restarted Relevant application parameters of the frequency inverter should be modified to permanently change the command channel SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 31 5 2 2 Operating methods of panel 1 Query for status parameters e g Main display 50 00 Output frequency mP Normal monitoring mode Auxiliary display 2 3 Output current MoDE
234. other than shielding or not aL 003 Overhigh power supply voltage Check input power supply Lower input voltage undervoltage early aL 008 Check input power supply warning Improve working environment or seek aL 011 Bad electromagnetic environment for manufacturer s support TE The load is excessively highand Reduce load or replace a frequency aL protection maybe occurred inverter with larger power Improve ventilation conditions and aL 014 INV overheating early warning i reduce carrier 1 Reduce load 2 Prolong acceleration and deceleration time aL 018 Overlarge DEV 3 Confirm mechanical system of load 4 Confirm the detection value F8 2 34 and time F8 2 35 for DEV 1 Adjust frequency setting loop 2 Check the setting value of aL 019 Over speed OS detection value F8 2 36 and time F8 2 37 for OS The output current of U phase is deficient smaller aL 026 Check the connecting wire between The output current of V phase is Can be aL 027 frequency inverter and motor or the deficient smaller shielded aL 028 winding of motor The output current of W phase is deficient smaller 1 Check the enabling connection 42 in multifunctional input terminal and T R the status of the terminal ON OFF aL 031 The starting enabling signal is deficient i 1 2 Check whether the starting enabling signal in bus command word is effective or not Measure the input voltage of all the Early warning of unbalanced Can be a
235. parameter H F0 0 13 Auxiliary Setting range d0 00 d0 55 d1 00 d1 55 Factory default d0 02 monitoring parameter 1 H Setting range d0 00 d0 55 d1 00 d1 55 Factory default d0 00 F0 0 14 Auxiliary Setting range d0 00 d0 55 d1 00 d1 55 Factory default d0 04 monitoring parameter 2 H This group of parameters is used to determine display contents on the operating panel at the status monitoring mode and bitwise operation must be followed for setting Principal monitoring parameter used to determine display contents on the main display column of the LED panel or the first display parameter on the LCD panel signal parameter display Auxiliary monitoring parameter 1 used to determine display contents on the auxiliary display column of the LED panel or the second display parameter on the LCD panel dual parameter display when the inverter is running Auxiliary monitoring parameter 2 is used to determine display contents on the auxiliary display column of the LED panel or the third display parameter on the LCD panel three parameter display when the inverter is stopped The corresponding physical quantity of the display data can be referred to the status monitoring parameter table When the inverter is conducting detection of motor parameters the auxiliary display will display the value of the current output current which is not restricted by the parameter F0 0 13 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverte
236. peration digital setting for shortcut F2 0 00 7 5 rated power of motor F2 0 01 380 rated voltage of motor F2 0 02 15 4 rated current of motor F2 0 03 50 00 rated frequency of motor F2 0 04 1440 rated speed of motor SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 35 4 Press key to start frequency inverter If the name plate parameters F2 0 00 F2 0 04 of the motor are modified in 3 the primary static parameter identification will be started automatically the frequency inverter will output O frequency and the auxiliary display column will display the current output current not limited by F0 0 13 at this time When the display current is stable as 0 0 the automatic learning is finished and operation is started 5 Press Ca key to increase set frequency where the output frequency of the frequency inverter will be increased and the speed of motor will accelerate 6 Observe the operation of motor if there are abnormalities stop it immediately and power off and re operate it after finding out the causes 7 Press Data Modification key to reduce set frequency key to stop operation and cut off the power supply VC inductive vector operation The following parameters also need to be set except the above set parameters required by SVC operation The wiring diagram is as shown in figure 5 4 F0 0 09 0010 inductive vector control
237. quickly enable tension oscillating bar at optional position at a time to reach equilibrium position and to keep stable winding and unwinding performance in high speed operation 11 4 3 Product function Rolling diameter calculation Rolling diameter thickness integral rolling diameter line speed calculation and rolling diameter frequency ratio calculation etc Constant tension at zero speed Output 0 100 adjustable torque at zero speed Breakage ag Conduct rapid detection on breakage via feedback input detection Tension Static friction compensation sliding friction compensation compensation system inertia compensation and material inertia compensation Motor switch Realize roll change function via motor switch Two kinds of PID parameters can be transited smoothly based on rolling diameter to guarantee steady state wave motions at full reel and empty reel conditions Process PID Metering function The function can be realized by line speed integral 11 4 4 Technical data Starting torque Greater than 180 Smooth starting Over modulation is less than 1096 Steady state wave motion Less than 596 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 214 Optional Components 11 5 Expansion card of all in one veneer peeling lathe 11 5 1 Basic product information Standard Type Model APV D302 coding number 050M010060501 is applicable to V350 4T0
238. r User Manual 104 Function Details 7 2 Running command selection Group FO 1 F0 1 17 Running direction H Setting range 0000 0021 Factory default 0000 The unit Direction switching 0 Void The running direction is controlled by the direction command 1 Negate The running direction is opposite to that directed by the direction command Tens Direction locking 0 Void The running direction is controlled by the direction command 1 FWD locking The motor will run in FWD direction no matter the FWD running command or REV running command is given 2 REV locking The motor will run in REV direction no matter the FWD running command or REV running command is given e Setting can be down when the inverter is operating Be sure to confirm that this operation is safe e The function of Direction locking tens has precedence over the function of direction switching the unit F0 1 20 Maximum Setting range 10 00 320 00Hz 100 0 1000 0Hz Factory default 60 00 output frequency F0 1 21 Upper Setting range F0 1 22 Min 300 00Hz FO 1 20 Factory default 50 00 limiting frequency F0 1 22 Lower Setting range 0 0Hz F0 1 21 Factory default 0 0 limiting frequency 1 The maximum output frequency is the allowable output maximum frequency of the inverter as set by users maximum stator synchronous frequency of the asynchronous motor 2 The upper limiting frequency is the maximum frequency allowed
239. r limiting frequency 60 pairs of motor poles 15 Speed adjuster output 300 096 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 93 94 Functional Parameter Table S N Monitoring Parameter Variable 100 full scale output 16 Process PID setting 100 0 17 Process PID feedback 100 0 18 Process PID deviation value 200 0 19 Process PID output 100 0 20 23 Reserved 24 Al1 input 0 00 10 00 10 00V 25 Al2 input 0 00 20 00 20 00mA 26 AI3 input 10 00 10 00 10 00V 27 Fin input Maximum input frequency 28 Current liner speed Fin calculation Maximum permitted liner speed 29 Accumulative yd length liner Maximum counted length speed accumulation 30 Counter 1 value Counter 1 set value 2 31 Counter 2 value Counter 2 set value 2 32 Timer 1 value Timer 1 timing cycle 33 Timer 2 value Timer 2 timing cycle 34 Timer 3 value Timer 3 timing cycle 35 Built in Fieldbus set value 1 10000 36 Extended communication module 10000 set value 1 37 Built in Fieldbus set value 2 30000 38 Extended communication module 30000 set value 2 39 44 Reserved 45 Fixed output current or voltage 20 00mA 10 00V SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 7 1 Function Details 95 Chapter 7 Function Details Remark Unless otherwise especially instructed the status of terminals will be defined under positive logic conditi
240. r parameter measurement function must be started when vector control mode is selected tens of F0 0 09 is set as 0 or 1 When this function when F2 2 53 is set as 1 or 2 is enabled parameter identification operation will be carried when the frequency inverter is start After parameter identification is over F2 2 53 will be automatically reset Obtained motor parameters will be stored in internal memory of the frequency inverter and value of parameter F2 0 05 F2 0 09 will be automatically updated Before identification operation please confirm that 1 Nameplate parameter of motor F2 0 01 F2 0 04 has been input correctly 2 The motor is in stopped condition 0 Closed 1 Static identification During parameter setting the motor will be always kept in stop status idling motor may be subject to slight offset of axis angle 2 Static operating identification Frequency inverter will conduct static identification at first and then automatically start operation identification process During operation identification process stop order can be input to forcedly terminate identification process At that time the identification request is not cleared out so when restarted identification process will be enabled again Top operating frequency of operation identification will reach 8096 of rated frequency of motor Before SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 127 identification starts pl
241. r the 2 The driving or control panel of Fu 042 2 Seek for manufacturer s support parameters are the frequency inverter is faulty m A 3 Eliminate motor faults seriously unbalanced 3 The three phase winding of the motor is faulty 1 The lead from frequency V phase output is inverter to motor is disconnected i A 1 Eliminate peripheral faults disconnected or the 2 The driving or control panel of Fu 043 2 Seek for manufacturer s support parameters are the frequency inverter is faulty e HS 3 Eliminate the fault of motor seriously unbalanced 3 The three phase winding of the motor is faulty 1 The lead from frequency W phase outputis inverter to motor is disconnected ati t 1 Eliminate peripheral faults disconnected or the 2 The driving or control panel of 2 Fu 044 j 2 Seek for manufacturer s support parameters are the frequency inverter is faulty M n 3 Eliminate the fault of motor seriously unbalanced 3 The three phase winding of the motor is faulty 1 The current sensor or circuit is f damaged U phase current is 2 The auxiliary power supply is Fu 051 detected faulty buff Seek for manufacturer s support aulty sensor or circuit y 3 The control and driving panel are improperly connected 1 The current sensor or circuit is damaged V phase current is F 2 The auxiliary power supply is Fu 052 detected faulty uit Seek for manufacturer s support aulty sensor or
242. r to the following table Table 7 15 Correspondence between Binary Number Setting and Digital Show Value Binary number setting Hexadecimal digital BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BITO show value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 4 0 1 0 1 5 0 1 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 7 1 0 0 0 8 1 0 0 1 9 1 0 1 0 A 1 0 1 1 b 1 1 0 0 C 1 1 0 1 d 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 136 Function Details 7 13 Multifunctional output terminal Group F3 1 F3 1 12 Multifunctional output terminal DO1 Setting range 0 71 Factory default 1 F3 1 13 Multifunctional output terminal DO2 Setting range 0 71 Factory default 2 F3 1 14 Multifunctional output terminal DO3 Setting range 0 71 Factory default 63 Fout expansion function F3 1 21 Multifunctional relay output RO1A B C Setting range 0 71 Factory default 4 F3 1 22 Multifunctional relay output RO2A B C expansion card Setting range 0 71 Factory default 5 The control terminal D01 D03 is the on off output terminal with programmable function and its functions can be defined by set values of F3 1 12 F3 1 14 output RO1and R02 of relay is on off output terminal with programmable function which can be defined by set values of F3 1 21 and F3 1 22 Please refer to the attached list for their setting values and corresponding functions Reference table of variables of multi
243. red please refer to Chapter 8 Check and modification of internal parameters In normal monitoring mode the internal parameters of the frequency inverter can be checked and modified as per general methods by pressing MODE key SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 30 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter L Check and modification of panel backup parameters In normal monitoring mode the backup parameters in the operation panel can be checked and modified by pressing ESC ang ME Key simultaneously double key compound use and the high order code F will display flickeringly when function code is displayed The modification methods of backup parameters are the same as that of internal parameters Locking and unlocking of panel 1 Locking part of or all the keying functions of the panel can be locked through setting the application parameter F0 0 11 If the parameter is set as panel locking mode the panel will be locked immediately after the frequency inverter is energized 2 Unlocking the panel will be unlocked for 5 minutes temporarily by pressing and maintaining and pressing t twice in order within 5 seconds and it will automatically recover to locking if there s no keying within 5 minutes To unlock the panel thoroughly the panel locking parameter F0 0 11 should be modified into unlocked status during the temp
244. requency inverter has 29 frequency setting modes for each of the channel e Operation command input channel F0 3 33 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 34 Operation And Simple Running Of Frequency Inverter 5 3 2 Simple operation A It is absolutely forbidden to connect the power cord to the output U V W of the lt frequency inverter Simple wiring diagram three phase breakermode motor three phase U power Ve M supply 4 w E three phase grounding breakermode PG expansion card three motor match Lb nz phase 7 X 99 R U V350 S te y M D oT Ww E pa grounding Figure 5 3 Wiring for the operation of SVC mode Figure 5 4 Wiring for the operation of VC mode O SVC non inductive vector operation Take 7 5KW frequency inverter which drives 7 5KW three phase AC asynchronous motor as the example to indicate the operation process The nameplate parameters of the motor are Rated power 7 5KW rated voltage 380V rated current 15 4A Rated frequency 50 00HZ rated speed 1440rpm pulse of encoder 1000PPR Use operation panel to conduct digital frequency setting and start stop control 1 Connect as per Figure 5 3 2 Power on after making sure the wiring is correct 3 Set parameters as follows F0 0 09 0000 noninductive vector control F0 0 00 0001 apply macroparameters set as panel o
245. rotection function configuration parameters Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit FF 1 19 Protection action configuration 1 H The unit Operation undervoltage protection 0 No action 1 Act Tens Output grounding protection 0 No action 1 Act Hundreds Output voltage phase shortage protection Void for single camera 0 No action 1 Trip and stop 2 Nonstop alarm Kilobit Output current phase shortage or unbalancing protection 0 No action 1 Trip and stop 2 Nonstop alarm 1111 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 80 Functional Parameter Table Function Code Name Setting Range and Description Factory Default Minimum Unit Change Limit Protection action FF 1 20 configuration 2 H The unit Temperature sensor fault 0 No action 1 Trip and stop 2 Nonstop alarm Tens Inverter overheat alarm 0 Closed 1 Act Hundreds Input voltage unbalancing protection Void for single camera 0 No action 1 Trip and stop 2 Nonstop alarm Kilobit Motor overtemperature protection 0 No action 1 Trip and stop 2 Nonstop alarm 1111 Protection action FF 1 21 configuration 3 H The unit Relay action fault protection 0 No action 1 Act Tens Internal data memory abnormity protection 0 No action 1 Act Hundreds Inve
246. rs in operation panel are displayed 5 3 Simple running of frequency inverter 5 3 1 Initial settings e Selection of control mode V350 frequency inverter has three control modes vector control without PG vector control with PG and V F control The operation control mode is selected by the application parameter F0 0 09 Mode 0 vector control without PG i e vector control without velocity sensor also called open loop vector control It is applicable to the place where encoder is not installed has higher requirement to starting torque and speed control precision and the normal V F control mode can not satisfied Mode 1 vector control with PG i e vector control with velocity sensor also called closed loop vector control It is applicable to the place where faster response of torque and higher control precision is required Mode 2 V F control mode Except normal V F control application it can also be applied to the place where the frequency inverter drives more than one motor The control modes of frequency inverter vary from the type and control requirements of motor and set by parameter F0 0 09 For instance the field where three phase asynchronous motor is used can be selected through setting F0 0 09 0 and the field where the control precision is highly required with velocity sensor can be set to F0 0 09 1 speed closed loop vector control mode e Selection of frequency input channel F0 2 25 V350 f
247. rt is the same as Al1 The relationship curves with zero offset adjustment and gain correction are respectively as below Generally users do not need to set these parameters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details Alt Corrected value V Al1 Corrected value V 19 5 20 AI2 Actual value mA AI2 Actual value mA Figure 7 61 A AI2 Zero Offset Correction Curve Figure 7 61 B AI2 Gain Correction Curve Al3 Corrected value V 10 9 5 FF 2 29 0 500 Al Actual value V 1 10 Al3 Corrected value V A 10 F 9 5 FF 2 26 21 050 Als Actual value V 9 5 10 gt FF 2 29 0 500 9 5 10 10 Ly FF 2 26 0 950 9 5 10 179 Figure 7 62 A AI3 Zero Offset Correction Curve Figure 7 62 B AI3 Gain Correction Curve SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 180 Function Details FF 2 35 Undervoltage protection action level Setting range 320 450V Factory default 370V This parameter sets the allowable lower limiting voltage at the DC side during normal operation of the inverter For some occasions with lower power grid it is applicable to appropriately reduce the undervoltage protection level so as to ensure normal operation of the inverter When the power grid is under excessive low voltage the output torque of the motor will decrease In
248. rter undervoltage operation alarm 0 Closed 1 Act Kilobit Reserved 0111 Protection action FF 1 22 configuration 4 H The unit Drive protection action 0 Closed 1 Act Tens Reserved Hundreds A and B pulse reverse connection protection of PG card 0 Closed 1 Act 0101 Protection action FF 1 23 configuration 5 H The Unit Alarm information shielding 0 Closed 1 Act alarm information not displayed Tens Reserve FF 1 24 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Functional Parameter Table 81 6 43 Correction parameter Function Name Setting Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit FF 2 25 Al1 zero offset adjustment 0 500 0 500V 0 0 0 001 FF 2 26 Al1 gain correction 0 950 1 050 1 000 0 001 FF 2 27 i offset adjustementfor 6 500 0 500mA 0 0 0 001 FF 2 28 Al2 gain correction 0 950 1 050 1 000 0 001 FF 2 29 Al3 zero offset adjustment 0 500 0 500V 0 0 0 001 FF 2 30 Al3 gain correction 0 950 1 050 1 000 0 001 FF 2 31 AO1 zero offset correction 0 500 0 500V 0 0 0 001 FF 2 32 AO1 gain correction 0 950 1 050 1 000 0 001 FF 2 33 AO2 zero offset correction 0 500 0 500V 0 0 0 001 FF 2 34 AC2 gain correction 0 950 1 050 1 000 0 001 FF 2 35 Undervoltage action level 320 450V 370 1 x pee ee CT Ee 1000 0 001 side voltage detection v
249. rting action These two parameters is valid to frequency inverters with built in braking unit 18 5 KW below which is used to define action parameters of built in braking unit of frequency inverters When the voltage at internal direct current side of frequency inverter is higher than starting action level of dynamic braking F5 3 36 build in braking unit action If there is external braking resistor it shall make the direct current voltage fall back via releasing pumped up voltage energy with braking resistor When the voltage at DC side drops down to a specific value the built in braking unit of the frequency inverter will be closed Refer to Figure 7 40 Utilization rate of dynamic braking is used to define the average voltage value forced on braking resistor of braking unit action Voltage on braking resistor is pulse width modulation wave Duty ratio equals to action ratio of dynamic braking The large the action ratio is the faster energy releases and the more obvious the effect is as well as the larger power consumed on braking resistor is Operator may consider setting the parameters comprehensively according to the resistance of braking resistor power and required braking effect F5 3 37 Vibration suppression coefficient Setting range 0 0 0 1 10 00 Factory default 0 0 effective only in VF control mode Only valid with V F control method Selecting this parameter can restrain the output current oscillation Set 0
250. s Selection of acceleration 0000 4 F6 1 26 Stage 11 setting H and deceleration time at each stage 0000 1 F6 1 27 Stage 12 setting H 0 ACOE eration and deceleration time 1 0000 1 1 Acceleration and deceleration time 2 F6 1 28 Stage 13 setting H 2 Acceleration and deceleration time 3 0000 1 F6 1 29 Stage 14 setting H 3 Acceleration and deceleration time 4 0000 1 Kilobit Running time unit of each F6 1 30 Stage 15 setting H Stage 0000 1 0 Sec 1 Min F6 1 31 Stage 1 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 32 Stage 2 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 33 Stage 3 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 34 Stage 4 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 35 Stage 5 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 36 Stage 6 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 37 Stage 7 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 38 Stage 8 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 39 Stage 9 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 40 Stage 10 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 41 Stage 11 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 42 Stage 12 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 43 Stage 13 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 44 Stage 14 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 F6 1 45 Stage 15 running time 0 0 6500 0 Sec Min 0 0 0 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop V
251. s 1 2 3 are below the lower limit values then output ineffective signal relay disconnects as shown in figure 7 30 B 28 31 34 Monitoring parameters 1 2 3 between the upper limit and the lower limit When monitoring parameters 1 2 3 are between upper and lower limit values including equal to upper and lower limit values the terminal will output the indicator signal relay will pick up as shown in figure 7 30 C Monitor reference value Upper limit Lower limit Relay pull in Figure 7 30 C Functional Sketch 3 of monitor 36 38 Analog input Al1 wire break detection effective When inverter detects wire break of analog input it will choose to make corresponding operation according to operation after wire break meanwhile terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 40 43 Counter output signal When counting of counter reaches to setting value terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up Please refer to function specifications for F5 2 20 F5 2 27 parameters 44 49 Timer output signal When comparative value periodic value of timer reaches to setting value terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up Please refer to function specifications for F5 1 06 F5 1 18 parameters 55 62 Status of multifunctional input terminal If D10 D18 terminals are effective terminal will output effective signal relay will pick up 63 DO3 Fout terminal as the frequency output terminal As freq
252. screw 1 Vibration 1 Smooth operation and normal temperature Generator y temperature rise oe i 2 No abnormalities and inconsistent noise 2 Noise Input or N 1 Input voltage 1 The input voltage is in the specified scope output 2 Output current 2 Output current is below the rated value SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 194 Care And Maintenance 9 2 9 2 1 Inspection and displacement of the vulnerable components During operation some components of frequency inverter may wear or the performance is slowed down In order to ensure the stable reliable operation of frequency inverter the users shall carry out preventative maintenance for frequency inverter and replace the components when necessary Filter capacitor 1 Possible cause of damage Environmental temperature and the pulsating current are high and electrolyte is aging 2 Assessment criterion When frequency inverter operate with load uses check whether there occur fault such as over current over voltage whether liquid leaks out whether the relief valve bulge whether the determination of electrostatic capacitive and insulation resistance are abnormal The pulsating current of main loop would affect the performance of the aluminum electrolysis filter capacitor and the degree of influence depends on the environment temperature and the using conditions Replace electrolytic capacitors of frequency inverter every three
253. sing time Setting range 0 1 1000 0Sec Factory default 10 0 The parameter in this group is referred to acceleration and deceleration slope in the process of swing frequency Triangular wave rising time is referred to the time spent from the lower boundary frequency to the upper boundary frequency in swing frequency operation that is the acceleration time in the cycle of swing frequency operation Triangular wave decreasing time is referred to the time spent from the upper boundary frequency to the lower boundary frequency in swing frequency operation that is the deceleration time in the cycle of swing frequency operation The sum of triangular wave rising time and decreasing time is the swing frequency operation cycle F6 2 53 Setting of swing frequency Setting range 0 00 F0 1 21 Factory default 10 00 center frequency The swing frequency center frequency refers to the center value of frequency converter output frequency in the process of swing frequency operation Center frequency of actual output F6 2 53 set frequency confirmed by F0 2 25 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 160 Function Details Refer to the following figure for the structure of Process PID and functions of each functional parameter Process PID setting channel AULT pip s i setting 1 F7 0 02 All 4 PID AD i setting 2 F7 0 03 PLC PIDSTI
254. sulted aL 100 M Improve electromagnetic environment from electromagnetic interference The setting motor parameters are aL 103 conflicted rated frequency revolution Reset the motor parameters conflict The setting motor parameters are conflicted no load current rated current aL 104 Reset the motor parameters rated revolution rated frequency and rotor time constant The inductance parameters of motor Reset the inductance parameters of aL 105 stator overflow the motor parameter is i motors stator incorrectly set The setting parameters are conflicted aL 201 Immediately contact the direct supplier and it s about to shut down SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Care And Maintenance 193 Chapter 9 Care And Maintenance Subjecting to influence of many factors such as temperature humidity dust vibration as well as internal components aging the inverter has potential risk of faults In order to ensure long and steady operation of the system regular care and maintenance must be conducted After long distance transportation of the frequency inverter users should check whether the components are in good condition or the screws are fastened before use them During the normal use period users shall regularly clean the internal dust of frequency inverter and check whether the screws are loose Due to the high voltage of frequency inverter in service the wrong op
255. t Environment Installation environment Indoor vertical installation not subjecting to direct sunshine free of dust corrosive and flammable gas oil mist vapor and free of drips or salt Altitude 0 1000 m The output current capability drops by 10 for every rise of 1000 m Ambient temperature Working ambient temperature 10 C 45 C storage ambient temperature 20 C 60 C Humidity 95 below no condensed water Ventilation 6m s SUNMEAR V350Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Installation Of Frequency Inverter 11 Chapter 3 Installation Of Frequency Inverter 3 1 Installation of frequency inverter This series of frequency inverters are wall mounted frequency inverters which should be installed vertically In order to be in favor of circulation and heat dissipation please install the frequency inverter at indoor place with good ventilation Please refer to 1 3 3 for installation environment If there is special installation requirement from customer please contact the manufacturer in advance Mounting surface The temperature of cooling fin may rise to around 90 C so please install the mounting surface at the place which can stand for this temperature rise Installation space Requirements for installation spacing distance of single frequency inverter are as shown in figure 3 1 Reserve enough space around the frequency inverter Multiple instal
256. t then Slave frequency command master frequency command FA 2 26 of the salve machine AI1 AI1 maximum 2 Analog input AI2 If AI2 is selected for the fine adjustment source for linkage proportion coefficient then Slave frequency command master frequency command FA 2 26 of the salve machine AI2 AI2 maximum 3 Analog input AI3 If Al3 is selected for the fine adjustment source for linkage proportion coefficient then Slave frequency command master frequency command FA 2 26 of the salve machine AI3 AI3 maximum FA 2 28 Slave machine offset frequency revolution Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 0 This parameter of the master inverter does not function and it is used to select the auxiliary frequency of the slave machine Actual output frequency of the salve machine master machine frequency command slave machine linkage proportion including fine adjustment offset frequency 0 No offset No offset frequency revolution the frequency set value of the slave machine is determined by the frequency command of the master device and the setting of FA 2 26 and FA 2 27 1 Determined by frequency setting source 1 The frequency set value of the slave machine frequency setting source 1 is regarded as the offset frequency revolution of the slave machine 2 Determined by frequency setting source 2 The frequency set value of the slave machine frequency setting source 2 is regarded as the offset frequency revo
257. th multifunction input terminal please refer to function instruction of given terminal 1 2 3 28 30 of multi stage process PID of terminal function F3 0 00 F3 0 08 Please refer to notes of parameters F6 1 15 F6 1 45 7 29 Process PID sleeping function Group F7 2 This function is valid when PID output conducts frequency order Sketch is shown as below Output frequencyA T lt F7 2 36 c gt F7 2 36 e 5 F7 2 35 gt Start Time T PID feedback PID given value E deviation F7 2 37 Time T Figure 7 54 Sketch of PID sleeping function value e Set value of awakens deviation F7 2 37 is the relevant percentage of PID given SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 166 Function Details 7 30 Revolution setting and feedback Group F8 0 Given revolution 4 Given torque Feedback revolution Torque limit F8 1 21 F8 1 28 Figure 7 55 Closed Loop Block Diagram of Revolution This group of parameter is valid with VC and SVC modes F8 0 00 Revolution setting channel only for Setting range 0 10 Factory default 0 VC and SVC mode This parameter is used to define revolution setting channel Selecting mode of revolution setting channel is similar with that of frequency setting source channel Refer to instruction of F0 2 25 parameter 0 Set by frequency setting
258. the initial values at the last power on Even after initialization all parameters can be restored to the preliminary power on values with this function This function is used to make correction during field commissioning when the system works abnormally because no one knows which parameter is modified incorrectly at the current power on This function can only be used when the device is stopped If this function is activated when the device is running the inverter will send alarm aL 059 and give up operation F0 0 00 and F0 0 01 are not limited by the parameter display mode and will not be concealed in any display mode The panel displaying parameters concealed due to parameter display mode will not influence the access to the concealed parameter via communication port F0 0 02 Macro call parameter system Setting range 0 65535 Factory default 0 macro modification password For modifying the system macro setting kilobit of the macro parameter F0 0 00 the modification password 1580 must be entered This password will automatically disappear after 30 seconds The macro parameter cannot be modified once within 30 seconds upon input of the password If it is intended to make modification once again the password should be entered again F0 0 03 LCD language selection Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 This parameter is valid when LCD operating panel is configured and is used to set language of LCD display
259. the motor temperature shall not over the maximum admissible value When input operation order during magnetic flow braking magnetic flow will be canceled and frequency inverter will speed up again to the selected frequency Brake torque Voltage at the DC side Brake with magnetic flux F5 3 36 tera ese s Kc F5 3 36 25V KC I Brake unit action Brake without magnetic flux wn d Time 25 50 Frequency Hz Figure 7 39 Magnetic Brake curve Figure 7 40 Energy Consumption Brake SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 151 F5 3 33 Magnetic flux braking strength Setting range 30 120 Factory default brake exciting current This parameter defines the increased amplitude of motor magnetic flow when magnetic flow braking selected value is the relevant percentage of rated magnetic flow F5 3 34 Voltage overmodulation Setting range 0 1 Factory default 1 Voltage over modulation refers to that in condition of lasting low grid voltage or lasting heavy load operation frequency inverter improve the output voltage with improving the utilization rate of its bus voltage When over modulation function is valid output current harmonic will increase slightly 0 Void 1 Effective F5 3 35 Use ratio of dynamic braking Setting range 50 100 Factory default 100 F5 3 36 Level of dynamic braking Setting range 650 760V Factory default 690 sta
260. thod In case of torque control method frequency setting is invalid 3 Priority defined by this Priority defined by this parameter shall be deleted parameter four at most from the list of lower priority automatically 4 process PID output 5 Swing frequency operating frequency High 6 compensation PID output 7 Revolving speed setting channel F8 0 00 B Automatic multiple frequency operating order Low B Multi stage operation frequency selected by external terminal 35 Frequency setting channel Lowest ptit F0 1 16 F5 3 29 Lower limiting frequency action mode Setting range 0 1 Factory default 0 0 Output 0 frequency when it is below the lower limiting frequency If the inverter s frequency setting value is lower than the lower limit frequency the output frequency of the inverter is zero 1 Output the lower limiting frequency when it is below the lower limiting frequency If the inverter s frequency setting value is lower than the lower limit frequency the output frequency of the inverter is the lower limit frequency SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 150 Function Details F5 3 30 Automatic voltage regulation only Setting range 0 1 2 Factory default 0 effective in VVV control mode This parameter applies to the situation that frequency inverter operates with V F mode forcedly operate with VC SVC modes Automatic voltage regulation function is used for ensuring the output volta
261. ti function input terminal DI9 Fin F3 0 08 and signal of 0 10 100 00 KHz can be received effectively 98 Pulse input port 1 0 1000 0Hz This function is applied to multi function input terminal DI9 Fin F3 0 08 and low frequency signal of1 0 1000 0Hz can be received effectively F3 0 09 Multifunctional terminal filtering Setting range 1 50ms Factory default 5 ms time DI1 DI5 F3 0 10 Multifunctional terminal filtering Setting range 1 50ms Factory default 5 ms time DI6 DI9 standard expansion card Set the filtering time of the input terminal detection When state of the input terminal changes while after the setting filter time setting it remains the same the change of terminal state is effective otherwise it will remains the former state thus the interference triggered by false operation can be reduced SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 135 F3 0 11 Input terminal effective level H Setting range 0000 01FF Factory default 0000 Define the positive and negative logic of the input terminal Bit place as 0 represents the positive logic Positive logic When DIx terminal and common port COM are connected it is valid or otherwise it is invalid Bit place as 1 represents negative logic Negative logic When DIx terminal and common port COM are disconnected it is valid or otherwise it is invalid Determine methods of parameter setting value please refe
262. ting fiber or mental particles if there is special requirements of clients please contract the manufacturer for consultation 1 3 4 Connection knowledge of peripheral equipment 1 For the protection of wirings please configure breaker for wirings on the input side of frequency converter Please do not apply device with larger capacity than recommendation 2 If it needs to switch to industrial frequency power and others when installing electromagnetic contactor on the output side of frequency converter please switch after frequency converter and motor stop running 3 When applying with motor thermal relay if the wiring of motor is too long sometimes it is affected SUNAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Product Confirmation And Operation Precautions 5 with the high frequency current flowing through capacitance distributed with wiring current below the set value of thermal relay may also cause trip In this case please lower the carrier frequency or apply with output filter 4 For noise interference connection filter magnet ring and shielded wire can be applied as corresponding measures 1 3 5 Transportation and storage 1 During product handling please capture the both sides of the bottom of the entity rather than the cover or parts only 2 Please do not make the parts of plastic excessive forced otherwise there can be falling down or damage 3 When it is for temporary storage and long term s
263. tinuous effective PANEL REMOTE keys can be used to switch the running command channel both at the stop and running status SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 103 e When the functional setting of PANEL REMOTE keys is effective and in the normal monitoring mode the PANEL REMOTE keys can be used to switch the running command channel The Switching status is not saved and will get lost after power off The running command channel for the inverter is still the operating panel after power on once again e f PANEL REMOTE keys are used to circularly switch to desired running command channel it is required to press OK key for confirmation within 5 s Otherwise it will not get effective e The switching sequence of the running command channel Operating panel running command chan nel PANEL REMOTE light on external terminal operating running command channel PANEL REMOTE light off communication port running command channel PANEL REMOTE light flashing operating panel running command channel PANEL REMOTE light on The command channel switching at the running status of the inverter should be used carefully Be sure the safety before operation If the running command FWD REV JOG after switching is inconsistent with that before switching the inverter will change its current running status stop run or REV which may cause accident F0 0 12 Principal monitoring
264. tion F8 1 20 PID parameter switching Setting range F8 1 19 60 F0 1 21 upper limiting revolution Motor pole pairs rpm Factory default 300 The parameters are effective in the condition of double PID parameter hysteresis switching the first group parameter is effective when it is lower than the switching lower revolution F8 1 18 the second group parameter is effective when it is higher than the switching upper revolution F8 1 19 F8 1 21 Proportional gain 1 ASR P1 Setting range 0 10 2 00 Factory default 1 00 Setting range F8 1 22 Integral time 1 ASR I1 Factory default 1 50 0 0 0 01 50 00Sec F8 1 23 Differential coefficient 1 ASR D1 Setting range 0 0 0 01 10 00 Factory default 0 0 F8 1 24 Differential output filtering Setting range 0 10 5 00 Sec Factory default 1 00 constant 1 ASR FT1 Setting range F8 1 26 Integral time 2 ASR I2 Factory default 5 00 0 0 0 01 50 00Sec F8 1 27 Differential coefficient 2 ASR D2 Setting range 0 0 0 01 10 00 Factory default 0 0 F8 1 28 Differential output filtering Setting range 0 10 10 00 Sec Factory default 1 00 constant 2 ASR DT2 D1 F8 1 25 Proportional gain 2 ASR P2 Setting range 0 10 2 00 Factory default 1 00 um D2 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 170 Function Details The parameters are applied to adjust proportional gain of speed adjuster integral time and differential coefficient Each par
265. to four years under normal conditions Filter capacitor shall be replaced immediately if any of the following occurs electrolyte of the electrolyte capacitor leaks relief valve emits out and subject of the capacitor expands 9 2 2 Cooling fan 1 Possible cause of damage Bearing wearing leaf aging etc 2 Assessment criterion When the power of frequency inverter is cut out check the fan blades and other parts to see whether there is any abnormality such as crack With the power on just check whether the fan operation situation is normal and whether it has abnormal vibration and noise 3 Service life of the entire cooling fan in frequency converter is about 15000 hours i e frequency inverter use continuously for about two years if the fan has unusual voice or vibration it should be replaced immediately SUNFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 9 3 Storage Care And Maintenance 195 After purchase of the frequency inverter if the frequency inverter will be spared for a while or stored for a long time users shall pay attention to the following items e Storage environment should comply with the following table Environmental Requirements Remarks Characteristics Long term storage temperature is no more than 45 C so as to avoid the degradation of capacitance Ambient 10 C 45 C characteristics It shall avoid temperature condensation and frozen envir
266. to the occasion of fault resetting and restart and restart after power off The inverter will automatically judge the running speed and direction of the motor and starts the rotating motor in a smooth and impact free way according to the detection and judge results see below figure for the revolution tracking start sketch Hundreds Stop mode 0 Deceleration stop In the case of deceleration stop the inverter will gradually reduce the output frequency according to the preset deceleration time until it stops 1 Free stop At stop the inverter outputs zero frequency and clocks output signals and the motor will stop in a free sliding way according to inertia At free stop if it is needed to restart the motor before the motor stops running completely it is necessary to appropriately configure the revolution tracking start function otherwise it will leads to overcurrent or overvoltage fault protection If the motor has not stopped completely in deceleration way because of high load inertia of the field work and short deceleration time it is then applicable to start DC band type braking control See the instructions of the parameter F0 4 44 for details Free stop Motor revolution Inverter output frequency Running F 1 command i e 3 Detecting motor revolution and direction Figure 7 13 Revolution Tracking Start Sketch SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Ma
267. torage pay attention to the followings Try to be packaged in the packing case of our company as the original package for storage Long term of storage will lead to the characteristics of electrolytic capacitor worsen therefore it shall be powered on every half year at least and with conduction time more than half an hour and the input voltage must be risen to the rated value gradually with voltage regulator 1 4 Abandon caution 1 Explosion of the electrolytic capacitor electrolytic capacitor in the frequency converter may cause explosion while burning 2 Waste gas of plastic burning harmful and toxic gas may be produces while burning the plastic and rubber product of the frequency converter 3 Disposal methods please deal with the frequency converter as industrial waste 1 5 Other cautions 1 This product shall not be applied for life support device and other application concerning directly with human body safety otherwise there can be accident 2 If serious accident or serious losses caused due to the failure of this product please install safety device for this product otherwise there can be accident SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 6 Product Introduction Chapter 2 Product Introduction 2 1 Model description V350 4 T 0090 t Power grade 0011 1 1KW 0015 1 5KW 0022 2 2KW 0030 3 0KW 0040 4 0KW 0055 5 5KW 0075 7 5KW 0090 9 0KW 0110 11 KW 0150 15 KW Power supply p
268. tput 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 0 1 SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 86 Functional Parameter Table Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit pasar Reserve d0 0 23 Accumulative running time d0 0 24 0 65535h th H 0 0 25 Accumulative power on time 0 65535h 1h H do 0 26 Power on hh mm s cycling 00 49 5 55 sgg 1 timing d0 0 27 Kilowatt hour counter low 0 1000 0KWh 0 1KWh d0 0 28 Kilowatt hour counter high 0 60000KKWh 1KKWh d0 0 29 Megawatt hour counter 0 60000MW 1MW 6 49 Auxiliary status parameter Function Name Value Range and Factory Minimum Change Code Description Default Unit Limit ao 1 30 Frequency setting source 1 set o 06 ooHz 0 01Hz R value do 1 31 Frequency setting source 2 set 9 6 so d 0 01Hz R value d0 1 32 Frequency revolution integrator 300 0 300 00Hz 0 01Hz R output d0 1 33 Stator synchronous frequency 300 0Hz 300 00Hz 0 01Hz R 0 1 34 Actually measured revolution 30000 30000rpm 7 trom R value d0 1 35 Inverter overload integrator 0 1020 7 1 R value goag Press FD e vananig 0 01 60000 0 01 R physical quantity dip 7100858 PID fosdback 0 01 60000 0 01 R variable physical quantity d0 1 38 Reserve d0 1 39 Reserve d0 1
269. uency is lower than the straight flow brake or brake starting frequency or speed the function is effective When the terminal status is effective execute DC brake only when the terminal status is ineffective DC brake can be stopped When operate this function DC braking functional time F0 4 46 is ineffective Acceleration and deceleration forbidden When the terminal is effective suspend acceleration and deceleration forbidden and frequency inverter keeps current frequency operation as the acceleration and deceleration achieves if the terminal is ineffective execute ordinary acceleration and deceleration command FWD Stop Ep ctl The command of forbidding acceleration and deceleration J Output frequency Holding Holding Time Figure 7 29 Sketch of Acceleration and Deceleration Forbidden 22 23 24 25 Process PID effective When selecting the multifunctional input terminals in the process PID the function can achieve process PID s input and cutting off Simple PLC multi stage running effective When select the multi stage frequencies or rotation running condition input in the programmable multi stage speed operation mode regard F6 1 15 as 2 the functional terminal can achieve simple PLC multi stage running s input and cutting off Swing frequency running effective If swing frequency running is valid of terminal set F6 2 46 as 2 the functional terminal can input and c
270. uency output terminal frequency range of signal output by D03 Fout 0 07 100 0KHz 64 71 Logic operation When the result of the logic operation of the virtual output port SDO1 SDOS8 is true the terminal outputs effective signal the relay picks up Please refer to related contents in Comparison Table of Multifunctional Output Terminal Variables SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 139 F3 1 15 F3 1 20 DO1 DO3 delay time for Setting range 0 0 10 00Sec Factory default 0 0 terminal effective ineffective signal output F3 1 23 F3 1 26 RO1 RO2 power on Setting range 0 0 10 00Sec Factory default 0 0 disconnection delay time This group of parameters are used to define multi function output terminal DO1 DO3 and time delay of change for signal state output by multi function relay RO1 RO2 When signal output by multi function terminal and pulled in by relay is effective terminal will output indicator signal and relay will pick up connection of TA and TC after delay time set by parameters F3 1 15 F3 1 20 F3 1 23 F3 1 26 F3 1 27 F3 1 29 Input variables of monitor 1 3 Setting range 0 44 Factory default 0 2 Different state parameters can be monitored by setting the values of F3 1 27 F3 1 29 please refer to Comparison Table of Monitor Variables F3 1 30 F3 1 35 Upper and lower Setting range 0 0 100 0 Factory default 0 0 100 0 limit of monitor 1 3 variables Th
271. up F2 2 s 126 7 12 Multifunctional input terminal Group F3 0 ssseseeeee 127 7 18 Multifunctional output terminal Group F3 1 sse 136 7 14 Pulsecinput Group F3 2 nid eio c ee othe Adan ictor er adn circ 139 7 15 Pulse outp t Group F3 3 ede eR ee eene bee 140 7 16 Analog input Group F4 0 retenir eain nicae an 141 7 17 Analog input curve correction Group F4 1 sees 142 7 18 Analog output Group F4 2 57 ia e eric e era Pete een rete ette 143 7 19 Analog input wire break detection Group F4 3 sss 144 7 20 Hopping frequency Group F5 0 ssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeee nennen 145 7 21 Built in auxiliary timer Group F5 1 ssssssssseeeeeeneennna 146 7 22 Built in auxiliary counter Group F5 2 ssssssseseeeeenees 148 7 28 Auxiliary functions Group F5 3 sssssssssssssseeeeeneeee nennen 149 7 24 Multi stage frequency setting Group F6 0 sssssseseeeee 153 7 25 Simple programmable multi stage operation Group F6 1 154 7 26 Swing frequency operation Group F6 2 sss 158 7 27 Process PID 4ms control cycle Group F7 0 sse 161 7 28 Process PID multi stage setting Group F7 1 sss 165 7 29 Process PID sleeping function Group F
272. us as following table Table 7 12 Maximum torque limit selection contrast table of frequency inverter Terminal status Maximum torque limit setting value ON Maximum torque limit 2 OFF Maximum torque limit 1 37 Reserved 38 Load dynamic balance effective 39 Communication linkage setting effective During communication linkage control the linkage setting of effective slave machine can be separately removed Then other setting channel can be automatically selected according to the priority setting 40 RS485 external Standard operation panel switching When two operation panels are inserted to frequency inverter at the same time one is for master control panel switching and the other is for monitoring only and the order cannot be inputted in Table 7 13 Control command channel switching and selecting table for frequency inverter Terminal state Control command channel of frequency inverter ON RS485 external panel OFF Standard operation panel 42 Start permission When parameter F0 4 37 is set to 1 or 1HHE2 the function terminal is valid 43 Running permission When parameter F0 4 37 is set to 1 or 2 the function terminal is valid 44 45 Counter clock terminal This terminal is used for inputting resetting signal of counter 46 47 Counter trigger signal This terminal is used as counter trigger end 48 49 Counter resetting terminal This terminal is used for inputting resetting signa
273. ut off swing frequency running If terminal status is effective frequency converter runs swing frequency If terminal status is ineffective frequency inverter can accelerate and decelerate into swing frequency preset frequency F6 2 47 for running according to effective acceleration and deceleration time set acquiescent value to acceleration and deceleration time 1 Reserve SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 26 Simple PLC multi stage running status when stopping resetting Function Details 131 Simple PLC multi stage running status at stop status can be selected to be automatically memorized F6 1 15 1 2 The functional terminal can allow for forceful restoration to the status of being automatically memorized 27 Swing frequency status resetting effective when stopping If the swing frequency s current running status selects F6 2 46 0 swing frequency operation when automatic memory stop the functional terminal can reset the status of swing frequency forcefully 28 30 Process PID multi stage given terminals 1 3 Using status combinations of ON OFF of multi stage process PID given terminals 1 3 can achieve selection of multi stage process PID given terminals as following table Table 7 7 Contrast table of multi stage process PID given terminals selection Process PID Multi stage process Multi stage process Multi stage process
274. uter through MODBUS fieldbus RS485 communication port and the set value 10000 10000 is relative data and is corresponding to the upper limiting frequency 17 MODBUS fieldbus set value 2 The frequency set value is given by the principal computer through MODBUS fieldbus RS485 communication port and the set value 30000 30000 is absolute value neglecting the decimal point e g the value 5000 corresponds to the set frequency 50 00Hz in general mode and corresponds to the set frequency 500 0Hz in the high frequency macro mode 18 Al1 Al2 The frequency set value the frequency value corresponding to the analog input Al1 the frequency value corresponding to the analog input AI2 19 AI2 AIS The frequency set value the frequency value corresponding to the analog input AI2 the frequency value corresponding to the analog input AIS 20 Al2 pulse input Fin The frequency set value the frequency value corresponding to the analog input AI2 the frequency value corresponding to the pulse input Fin 21 Al1 Al2 rail to rail input 10V The frequency set value the frequency value corresponding to Al1 the frequency value corresponding to Al2 the frequency corresponding to the maximum input of Al2 22 AH AI2 The frequency set value the frequency value corresponding to Al1 the frequency value corresponding to Al2 23 Process PID output The frequency set value is given by the process PID output This option
275. uxiliary display 0 0 Successfully unlocked SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 101 F0 0 08 Parameter copying H Setting range 0000 0013 Factory default 0000 The unit Upload and download 0 No action 1 Parameter upload The inverter will upload parameter values in the control board memory to the panel memory 2 Parameter download The parameter values in the panel memory will be downloaded to the control board memory 3 Parameter download except for F2 group parameters The parameter values in the panel memory will be downloaded to the control board memory motor parameters will not be downloaded Uploading and downloading is forbidden when the inverter is operating and the settings of this parameter are invalid During parameter upload and download all keys except for STOP key on the panel are temporarily locked Press STOP key to forcedly terminate upload and download when the unload operation is forcedly terminated the parameters uploaded will be stored in the panel memory and the parameters not unloaded will be kept unchanged When the download operation is forcedly terminated the inverter will give up all parameters already downloaded into the control board memory and automatically restore to the values before down load The alarm signal relevant with this parameter is as below aL 071 Parameter unload failed Uploaded parameters wil
276. values are the percentages of full pulse output mapping variables Corresponding relationship between the two parameters is as shown in figure 7 31 Fout output frequency F3 3 48 F3 3 47 Per unit value of the pulse output mapping F3 3 50 F3 5 51 Figure 7 31 Characteristic Curve of Pulse Output Fount SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 141 7 16 Analog input Group F4 0 F4 0 00 F4 0 05 Minimum and maximum values of analog input Al1 AI3 Ed This group of parameters is used to define the setting range of analog input signal which need to be Set according to actual situation of access signal Al1 analog input port is unipolar voltage signal AI2 analog input port is unipolar current signal AI3 analog input signal is bipolar voltage signal Corresponding variable Corresponding Corresponding variable variable max lt ny Corresponding variable max Corresponding variable min F4 0 00 All Corresponding F4 0 01 variable min 1 1 I l i I Corresponding 1 I 1 i variable min F4 0 00 F4 0 01 pide il ae i 2 Correspondin F4 0 00 F4 0 01 Eolo nE Figure 7 32 A Sketch of Al1 Analog Input and Figure 7 32 B Sketch of Al1 Analog Input and Corresponding Variables Unipolarity Correspon
277. will not lose after power off 1 Effective after modification but not stored and getting lost after power off Parameters modified are effective but are not saved in the memory And parameters modified will automatically restore to the values saved in the memory after completion of relevant operation or power off This function is used for tentative modification of undetermined parameters for field commissioning after commissioning all modified and unsaved parameters can be displayed for view separately when the unit of this parameter is set to 4 and batch recovery or batch storage will be conducted when the kilobit of this parameter is set to 2 or 5 Hundred Reserve Kilobit Batch recovery or batch storage of parameters The macro parameter F0 0 00 is not subject to the influence of this function 2 Abandon modifying all un saved parameters restoring to original value All unsaved parameters will be rapidly restored to the values stored in the memory with one key SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual Function Details 99 This function can only be used when the device is stopped If this function is activated when the device is running the inverter will send alarm aL 058 and give up operation 5 Batch storing all modified and unsaved parameters All modified and unsaved parameters will be saved in the memory 9 resume all parameters to initial values at the last power on To restore all parameters to
278. xternal terminal and long distance frequency set operation If the terminal is effective set frequency increases progressively or decreases progressively in the light of set speed if the terminal is ineffective set frequency keeps same If both terminals are effective set frequencies keep same See 4 8 parameter functional specifications of F0 2 25 UP DW set frequency zero clearing Set frequency of external terminal can be cleared to zero through the functional terminal set frequencies of frequency increasing progressively command UP decreasing progressively command DW The function invalidates frequencies set by other frequencies setting modes External equipment fault Inputting external equipment fault signal through the terminal is easy for frequency inverter to fault supervision and communication to external equipment Since frequency converter receives external equipment fault displaying Fu 017 indicates the external equipment fault and the inverter will make a stop forcefully SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 130 Function Details 19 20 21 Three line running control When select the three line running mode under the external terminal control regard F0 3 33 F0 3 34 as 1 define three line running control for input terminal See Three line Mode Introduction regard F0 3 35 as 2 or 3 Stop DC braking command When frequency inverter is in the process of deceleration stop and running freq
279. xternal terminal control mode regard F0 3 33 F0 3 34 as 1 7 8 Forward FWD Reverse REV running command terminal The forward FWD reverse REV running control applied under the external terminal control mode regard F0 3 33 as 1 according to the setup of F0 3 35 it can jog two line mode and three line mode regard another external control terminal as three line running command function Function No 19 9 10 Acceleration and deceleration time 1 and 2 By means of the acceleration and deceleration time selecting the ON OFF status combinations of terminals can realize the selection of acceleration and deceleration time 1 4 refer to parameter specifications of F1 0 03 F1 0 10 If the user doesn t define this function frequency inverter can automatically select acceleration and deceleration 1 except simple PLC jog See the acceleration and deceleration time selection as following table Table 7 4 Contrast table of acceleration and deceleration time selection Acceleration and Acceleration and deceleration time deceleration time Acceleration and deceleration time selection 2 selection 1 OFF OFF Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 OFF ON Acceleration time 2 Deceleration time 2 ON OFF Acceleration time 3 Deceleration time 3 ON ON Acceleration time 4 Deceleration time 4 SUAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 11 Function Details 129 Running command switching This function
280. y A set frequency after adjustment F5 0 04 F5 0 02 F5 0 00 p gt E EE oso U EN EE Time Figure 7 36 Schematic diagram of hopping frequency output SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 146 Function Details 7 21 Built in auxiliary timer Group F5 1 This group of parameters are mainly instructed by taking example of timer 1 7 21 1 Basic Functions of the Timer F5 1 09 F MR F5 1 10 N 1 1 1 1 1 i HIE I T Trigger signal Signal S H H 1 1 Comparative value reaching pulse Reset U Comparative value reaching level REV after reaching the comparative value Figure 7 37 A Schematic diagram of comparison value of timer 1 reaching for the basic function F5 1 06 11 1 F5 1 09 F 1 NE E F5 1 10 712 dececMpececcsceewe 1 1 1 1 1 RE MEE l EM E i M 1 1 H 1 Trigger signal Signal S 4 1 1 i n En Li 1 L T 1 T 1 Cycle reaching pulse D U 1a Reset 1 H 1 i i H 1 1 i Cycle reaching level L LI SS e 1 REV after reaching the cycle i t REV after reaching the comparative value or cycle L T Lo Figure 7 37 B Schematic diagram of comparison value of timer 1 reaching for the basic function F5 1 06 10 1 7 21 2 Timer trigger and
281. y switching equipment s working mode e g switching between high and low frequency running modes and automatically redefining local parameters Parameter adjusting Any un stored parameter adjusted on site can be stored or abandoned and restored to original value with one key Parameter display Allowing for automatically shielding parameters of unused functional modules or selectively displaying modified stored or changed parameters SUFAR V350 Low Power Closed Loop Vector Inverter User Manual 10 Product Introduci ion Protection Function Equipment abnormity Current detected abnormity EEPROM memory abnormity abnormal control unit motor overtempera ture and temperature acquisition loop fault Power supply Undervoltage protection and three phase power supply unbalancing protection Running protection Overcurrent protection overvoltage protection inverter overtemperature protection inverter overload protection motor overload protection output phase lack protection and IGBT drive protection Equipment abnormity Current detected abnormity EEPROM memory abnormity abnormal control unit motor overtempera ture and temperature acquisition loop fault Motor connection Motor not connected motor s three phased parameters unbalanced and parameter misidentification Extension card Detect and protect the extension card for compatibility or conflic

Preface - Sion electronics

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents